State Implementation Plan Memphis


U.S. EPA
Region 1V
Memphis-
Shelby Co. TI
F

f

•
State impléthentation Plan
/

-------
NOTE ON REGION 4 SIP COMPILATIONS
This notebook contains the most recent version of the
compilations of Federally-approved regulations for Memphis and
Shelby County, Tennessee. The State submission/EPA approval
process is a dynamic one and therefore the diskette copy of the
regulations should.not be relied upon as the conclusive authority
for the most recent version of federally enforceable, state
effective regulations. The Regional Office provides the Office
of Federal Register with the regulations being approved in a
Federal Register notice for incorporation by reference into the
Federally-approved SIP. These regulations are identified in the
Federal Register and codified in 40 CFR Part 52. These documents
are maintained by the Office of Federal Register in their office
in Washington, D.C., as the official version of the Federally-
approved regulations. This process goes back to the original SIP
approval in the early l970s.
The Regional Office has atternpted, to the best of its
ability, to compile these Federally approved regulations for each
State, including local programs in North Carolina, Kentucky, and
Tennessee. This compilation represents what the Regional Office
believes to be the most accurate, currently effective, federally
approved St te regulations as of the date of this letter.
For additional information please contact Dick Schutt,
Regional SIP Coordinator at the Region 4 address or call at
404/347—3555 X4206.

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THE MEMPHIS PORTION
OF THE
TENNESSEE
STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 16 HEALTH AND SANITATION
Article I AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
DIVISION I Generally l6-46--16-55
16-46 Definitions
16-47 Abbreviations, Acronyms & Symbols
16-48 Words, Phrases Substituted in ‘State
Regulations Adopted by Reference
16—49 Ambient Air Quality Regulations (1200-3-3)
16-50 , Open Burning
16-51’ Severability of Parts of Articles
16-52-55 Reserved
DIVISION II Enforcement 16-56--16-70
16-56 Notice; Citation; Injunctive Relief
16-57 Penalties, Misdemeanor, Civil, Noncompliance
16-58 Variances
16-59 Emergency Powers of Health Officer
16-60-70 Reserved
DIVISION III Air Pollution Control Board 16-71--lG-75
16-71 Created; Membership; Term of Office;
Jurisdiction; Hearings; Appeals
16—72-75 Reserved
DIVISION IV Source Emissions Standards 16-76--l6-105
16-76 New Source Performance Standards (l200_3_16)* ,
16-77 Construction and Operating Permits (1200-3-9)
16-78 Process Emissions’Standards (1200-3-7)
16-79 Nonprocess Emission Standards (1200-3-6)
16-80 Volatile Organic Compounds (1200-3-18)
16-81 Hazardous’ Air Contaminants (l200_3. ll)*
16-82 Control of Sulfur’Dioxide Emissions (1200-3-14)
16—83 Visible Emissions (1200—3-5)
16-84 Particulate Matter from’Incinerators
16-85 ‘ Required Sampling, Recording and Reporting
(1200—3—10)
16-86 Methods of Sampling and Analysis (1200-3-12)
16-87 Limits on Emissions due to Malfunctions,
Startups & Shutdowns (1200-3-20)
16-88 Nuisance Abatement
16-89 Fugitive Dust
16-90 General Alternate Emission Standards (1200-3-21)
16-91 Lead Emission Standards (1200-3-22)
16-92-105 Reserved

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: JULY 17, 1989
Data Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
briginal Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Chapter 16 Health and Sanitation
Article II Air Pollution Control

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
DIVISION 1 GENERALLY

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-46 DEFINITIONS
“For the purposes of this article, the following words and phrases shall
have the meaning respectively ascribed to them by this section:”
16—46— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
A. Definitions
AIR CLEANING DEVICE is any method, process, or equipment which removes,
reduces, or renders less noxious contaminants discharged into the atmosphere.
AIR CONTAMINANT is particulate matter, dust, fumes, gas, mist, smoke, or
vapor, or any combinations thereof.
AIR CONTAMINANT SOURCE is any and all sources of emission of
air contaminants, whether privately or publicly owned or operated. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, this term includes all types of
business, commercial and industrial plants, works, shops, and stores, heating
and power plants and stations, building and other structures of all types,
including multiple family residences, apartment houses, office buildings,
hotels, restaurants, schools, hospitals, churches andother institutional
buildings; automobiles, trucks, tractors, buses and other motor vehicles;
garages; vending and service locations and stations, railroad locomotive;
ships, boats and other water borne craft; portable fuel burning equipment;
incinerators of all types, indoor and outdoor; andrefuse dumps.
AIR CURTAIN DESTRUCTOR is a unit consisting of a combustion pit and an air
blower designed toproduce a curtain of high velocity air above the fire and
thus retain the products of combustion (smoke & ash) in the pit.
AIR POLLUTION is the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more air
contaminants in such quantities, characteristics, or duration asis or tends
to be injurious to human health or welfare, or animal or plant life or health,
or property, or would interfere with the enjoyment of life and property or the
conduct of business.
ALTERNATIVE METHOD is any method of sampling and/or analyzing for an air
contaminant which is not a reference method but which has been demonstrated to
the Health Officer’s satisfaction to produce results adequate for
determination of compliance, or any method so designated by these regulations.
AMBIENT AIR is that portion of the atmosphere external to buildings.
BEST AVAILABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY is an emission limitation (including a
visible emission standard) based on the maximum degree of reduction for each
pollutant subject to regulation under these rUles which would be emitted from
any proposed new or modified air contaminant source which the Health Officer,
on a case-by-case basis, taking into account energy, environmental, and
economic impacts and other costs, determines is achievable for such source
through application of production processes or available methods, systems, and
techniques, including fuel cleaning or treatment and/or innovative fuel
combustion techniques for control of such pollutant. In no event shall
application of BACT result in emission of any pollutant which would exceed any
standard set forth under §16-81 and §16-91 of this code. If the Health Officer
determines that technological or economic limitations on the limitations on
the application of measurement methodology to a particular class of sources
would make the imposition of an emission standard unfeasible, a design,
equipment, work practice, operational standard, or combination thereof, may be
prescribed instead of requiring the application of BACT. Such standard shall,
to the degree possible, set forth the emission reduction achievable by
implementation of such design, equipment, work practice, operation or
combination thereof, and shall provide for compliance by means which achieve
equivalent results.
BOARD is the Air Pollution Control Hearing Board of Memphis and Shelby County.
16-46— 2

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
• COMMENCED is the undertaking of a continuous program of construction or
modification or the entering into a contractual obligation to undertake and•
complete, within a reasonable time, a continuous program of construction or
modification by the owner or operator.
CONSTRUCTION is the fabrication, erection, installation or modification of a
stationary source.
CONTINUOUS MONITORING is the sampling and analysis of air contaminants in a
continuous or timed sequence, using techniques which will adequately reflect
actual emission levels or ambient concentrations on a continuous basis.
CUPOLA is a stack-type furnace in which fuel, metal, and fluxing agents are
intermixed to produce molten metal. It consists primarily of, but is not
limited to the furnace, tuyeres, fans or blowers, tapping ports, charging
equipment, gas cleaning devices, and other auxiliary equipment. Cupolas are
further categorized as follows:
(1) ferrous Is a cupola in which the major component, of the metal
produced is iron. , . . .
(2) jobbing is a cupola used in an intermittent operation where the
operating time is not in excess of four (4) hours per day and the
process weight is not in excess of 20,000 pounds per hour and.
(3) existing is a cupola placed in operation at its ‘present location
prior to April, 3, 1972.
EMISSION is the release or discharge of air pollutants into the ambient air
from any source.
EQUIVALENT METHOD is any method of monitoring, sampling, and analyzing for an
air contaminant which can be demonstrated to have a consistent and
quantitatively known relationship to the reference method, under specific
conditions, or any method designation within this code.
EXISTING SOURCE is any air contaminant source which is not a new source.
FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT is any furnace, boiler, apparatus, stack, and all
appurtenances thereto, used in the process of burning fuel for the primary
purpose of producing heat or ‘power by indirect heat transfer.
FUEL BURNING INSTALLATION is one or more units of fuel burning equipment from
which the products ‘of combustion are discharged through one or more stacks
with the tendency to merge into a single plume.
FUGITIVE DUST is solid, airborne particulate matter emitted from any source,
other than through a stack.
HAZARDOUS AIR CONTMfINANTis any air contaminant which may cause, or
contribute to, an increase in mortality or an increase in serious,
irreversible or incapacitating, reversible illness and has been so designated
by the Board.
HEALTH OFFICER is the Health Officer of Memphis Shelby County.
INCINERATOR is any equipment, device or contrivance used for disposal of waste
or refuse’ by burning.
16—46— 3

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
ISOKINETIC SAMPLING is sampling in which the linear velocity of the gas.
entering the sampling nozzle is equal to that of the undisturbed gas stream at
the sampling point.
KRfi FT MILL is any pulping process which uses for a cooking liquor an alkaline
sulfide solution containing sodium hydroxide and sodium sulfide.
MALFUNCTION is sudden”and unavoidable failure of air pollution control
equipment or process equipment, or for a process to operate in an abnormal and
unusual manner. Failures that are caused by poor maintenance, careless
operation or any preventable
upset condition or preventable equipment breakdown shall not be considered
malfunctions.
MODIFICATION is any physical change in, or change in the method of operation
of an air contaminant source, which increases the amount of any air
contaminant (with an applicable emission standard) emitted by such source or
which results in the emission of any air contaminant (with an applicable
emission standard) not’previously emitted except:
1. Routine maintenance, repair and replacement shall not be
considered physical changes, and
2. The following shall not be considered a change in the method of
operation:
(a) increase in the production rate, if such increase does not
exceed the operating design capacity or the stated
production rate on the permit of the affected source, or
(b) increase in hours of operation, if such increase does not
exceed the operating hours stipulated as a.permit condition
of the source, or
(c) . use of an alternative fuel, if the sOurce is designed to
accommodate such alternative fuel, or
(d) required alterations to equipment for the use of an
alternative fuel or raw material by reason of an order under
Section 2(a) and (b) (of the Energy Supply and Environmental
Coordination Act of 1974 or any superseding legislation) or
by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect
pursuant to the Federal Power Act.
The burden of proof establishing that a change is excepted under 1. and 2. is
on the. owner ‘or operator. The Health Officer shall rule on whether or not a
reported change is expected in a timely fashion. Further expansions or
restrictions of this’ definition may be listed in specific, chapters or rules.
NEW NITRIC ACID PLANT is any air contaminant source producing weak nitric acid
(30 to 70 percent in strength) by either the pressure or atmospher,e pressure
process.
NEW SOURCE is any air contaminant source the construction or modification of
which is commenced on or after the date specified in any section of the
Memphis Air Pollution Control Code. When no date is specified, the effective
date for each provision of any section will be the cut-off date.
16—46— 4

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
NEW SOURCE PERFORZifANCE STANDARD is a standard for the emission of an air
contaminant from a new source promulgated by the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency and published in the ’Federal Register.
NEW SULFURIC ACID PLANT is any air contaminant source producing sulfuric acid
by the contact process. Sources utilizing conversion to sulfuric acid
primarily, as a means of reducing the emission of sulfur dioxide or other
sulfur compounds are not included.
ODOR is a sensation of smell perceived as a result of olfactory stimulation.
An odor is deemed objectionable, and therefore a nuisance, when one-third
(1/3) or more of a sample of persons exposed to it believe it to be
objectionable in usual. places of occupancy. The sample size is to be at least
twenty-five (25) persons; or when fewer than twenty-five (25) are exposed
one-half (1/2) must believe it to be objectionable.
OPACITY is the measurement of the relative capability of matter to obstruct
the transmission of radiant energy. Expressed in percent, opacity is equal to.
twenty (20) times the Ringelmann number.
OPEN BURNING is the burning of combustible material where no equipment has
been provided for use in control of air for combustion.
OWNER, OPERATOR is any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or
supervises an air contaminant source.
PARTICULATE MATTER is any material, except uncombined water, that exists as a
solid or a liquid at standard conditions.
PERSON is any individual, public or private corporation, political
subdivision, agency, board, department, bureau, municipality, partnership,
association, firm, trust, estate, or any other legal entity or their legal
representative, agent, or assigns which is recognized by law as the subject of
rights and duties.
POINT SOURCE is any source which is identified, described,’ or defined as being
a point source in Title 40, Part 51 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLANT is any air contaminant source manufacturing portland
cement by either the wet or dry process.
PROCESS EMISSION is any, emission of an air contaminant to the ambient air from
a source except fuel burning equipment, incinerators, wigwam burners, or open
burning.
PROCESS WEIGHT is the total weight of all materials introduced into any
specific process that may cause any emission of particulate matter. This
weight includes all solid fuels, but does not include liquid fuels, gaseous
fuels, or combustion air.
PROCESS WEIGHT RATE is determined as follows:
(1) for continuous operation, -the process weight per hour is derived
by dividing the total process weight by the entire period of time
or typical portion thereof,
(2) for cyclical or batch operations, the process weight per hour is
derived by dividing the total process weight by the total number
of hours in one complete operation less any’ time during which the
equipment is idle, and ‘ ‘
16—46— 5

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(3) where any process, operation or design of equipment permits more
than one interpretation of this definition, the interpretation
which results in a minimum value for allowable emis ions shall
apply.
PROPORTIONAL SAMPLING is sampling at a rate that produces a constant ratio of
sampling rate to stack gas flow rate.
REFERENCE METHOD is a method of monitoring, sampling, and analyzing for an air
contaminant as described in this code.
RINGELMPLNN CHART is the chart published and described in the U.S. Bureau of
Mines Information Circular 8333.
SALVAGE OPERATION is any business, industry, or trade engaged in whole or in
part, in reclaiming one or more items of value.
SHUTDOWN is the cessation of operation of an air contaminant source for any
purpose.
SMOKE is small gas-borne particles resulting from incomplete combustion,
consisting predominantly, but not exclusively, of carbon, ash, and other
combustible material, and present in sufficient quantity to be observable.
Water vapor and/or water droplets are not included.
SOURCE is any property, real or personal which emits or may emit any air
contaminant.
STACK is any chimney, flue, duct, conduit, exhaust, vent or opening of any
kind whatsoever capable of, used for, or arranged to conduct emissions to the
ambient air.
STANDARD is a standard of performance promulgated within this code.
STANDARD CONDITIONS are a dry gas temperature of seventy degrees fahrenheit
(70°F) and a gas pressure fourteen point seven pounds per square inch absolute
(14.7 PSIA).
STATIONARY SOURCE is any building, structure, facility, or installation which
emits or may emit any air contaminant.
SUSPENDED PARTICULATES is particulate matter which remains suspended in the
air, for an appreciable period of time.
WIGWAM (TEPEE) BURNER is a truncated cone, conical burner, or silo type of
burner.
(Code 1967, § 3-1(a); Ord. No. 3230, § 1(1),8-3-82)
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUN 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JUL 17, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JAN 27, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10840
1st Revision JULY 07,1986 JUNE 15,1989 54 FR 25456
16—46— 6

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-47 ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS AND SYMBOLS
“The following abbreviations, acronyms and symbols, when used in this article,
shall have the meanings indicated in the table below:
16—47- 1

-------
B. Abbreviations, Acronyms, SymbolB
Printed: February 2, 1995
AAM
ACFM
AGM
ASTM
BACT
Btu
cal-
CD
CFR
Co-
Co 2
COH
D
dsc f
dscm
EIS-
EPA
°F
FCAA
FR
ft
g
gal
gr
HC
HF
Hg
H 2 S
Annual Arithmetic Mean
Actual Cubic Feet per Minute
Annual Geometric Mean
? merican Society for Testing and Materials
Best Available Control Technology
BritishThermal Unit
Degrees Celsius
Calorie (s)
Civil Defense
•Code of Federal Regulations
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Dioxide
Coefficient of Haze
Diameter
Dry Cubic Foot at Standard Conditions
Dry Cubic Meter at Standard Conditions
Emission Inventory System
Environmental Protection Agency
Degrees Fahrenheit
Federal Clean Air Act
Federal Register
Foot (Feet)
Gram (s)
Gallon (s)
Grain (s)
Hydrocarbon (s)
• Hydrogen Flouride
Mercury
Hydrogen Sulfide
16—47— 2

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
H 2 S0 4
hr
I/M
in
J
°K
kg
LAER
lb
In
mg
n n
MPO -
MSCHD
MW
NAAQS
NAMS
HC
NO -
NO 2
NO
03
pb -
ppb
ppm
PSD
psia
r
RACT
SCFM
Sulfuric Acid
Hour (s)
Inspection/Maintenance
Inch (es)
Joule (s)
Degrees Kelvin
Kilograit
Lowest Achievable Emission Rate
Pound (s)
Meter (s)
Milligram (s)
Millimeter (s)
Metropolitan Planning Office
Memphis & Shelby County Health Department
Megawatt (s)
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
National Air Monitoring System
Non-Methane Hydrocarbon (s)
Nitric Oxide
Nitrogen Dioxide
Nitrogen Oxides
Ozone
Lead
Parts per Billion
Parts per Million
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
Pounds per Square Inch Absolute
Radius
Reasonably Available Control Technology
Standard Cubic Foot per Minute
16-47- 3

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
sec
SIP
SLAMS
SMSA
So 2 .
T.C .A.
• TCM
TCP
TDPH
Ti 02
TPY
TRS
TSP
ug
ug/m 3
VOC
(Code 1967, 3-1(b);
Second (s)
State Implementation Plan
State and Local Air Monitoring System
Standard. Metropolitan Statistical Area
Sulfur Dioxide
Tennessee Code Annotated
Transportation Control Measure
Transportation Control Plan
TeñnesseeDepartment of Public Health
Titanium Dioxide.
Tons per Year
Total Reduced Sulfur
Total Suspended Particulates
Microgram (s)
Microgram (s) per Cubic Meter
Volatile Organic Compound
Ord. No. 3230, § 1(1), 8-3-82)
Date Submitted
to EPA
JAN 27, 1972
JUL 07, 1986
Date Approved
by EPA
MAY 31,1972
JUN 15,1989
Federal
Register
37 FR 10804
54 FR 25456
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF
JULY 17, 1989
Original Reg
1st Revision
JUNE 15, 1989 LAST UPDATE:
16—47- 4

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-48. WORDS AND PHRASES SUBSTITUTED IN STATE REGULATIONS ADOPTED BY
REFERENCE.
(1) For the purpose of enforcement of the City of Memphis Air Pollution
Control Code, the following shall apply:
(a) Wherever the terms Air Pollution Control Board of the State of
Tennessee, Tennessee Air Pollution Control Board, or Board appear,
they shall be replaced by Memphis and Shelby County Air Pollution
Control with the following exceptions:
(1) 16—53 1200—3—9—. 04,
(2) 16—86 1200—3—7— .06,
(3) 16—87 1200—3—6— .01,
(4) 16—90 1200—3—14—.Ol (1) (a), and
(5) 16—91 1200—3—11— .01 (1)
(b) Wherever the terms Tennessee, State of Tennessee, or State appear,,
they shall be replaced by City of Memphis with following
exceptions:
(1) 16-53 1200-3-9- .04,
(2) 16—90 1200—3—14— .01 (1) (a),
(3) When referring to Tennessee Code Annotated, and
(4) When referring to the Tennessee Air Quality Act
(c) Wherever the terms Technical Secretary of the Tennessee Air
Pollution Control Board, Technical Secretary, or Secretary appear,
they shall be replaced by Health Off icer.
(d) Wherever the terms Department of Public Health of the State of
Tennessee, Tennessee Department of Public Health, Department of
Public Health, or Department appear, they shall be replaced by
Memphis and Shelby County Health Department.
(e) Wherever the terms Tennessee Air Pollution Control Division of Air
Pollution Control, or Division appear, they shall be replaced by
Memphis and Shelby County Health Department, Air Pollution Control
• Section.
(f) Wherever the terms Tennessee AirPollution Control Regulations or
Regulations appear, they shall be replaced by City of Memphis Air
Pollution Control Code,
(g) Wherever the term Nashville Office appears, it shall be replaced
by Memphis Office.
• (h) Wherever the term State Civil Defense appears,it shall be replaced
by Memphis and Shelby County Civil Defense.
(ORD. No. 2 .921, 5 1(5), 10-9-79; Code 1967, 5 3-1.1)
16—48— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Date Submitted
to EPA
JAN 27, 1972
JUL 07, 1986
Date Approved
by EPA
MAY 31,1972
JUN 15,1989
Federal
Register
37 FR 10804
54 FR 25456
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989 LAST UPDATE:
JULY 17, 1989
Original Reg
1st Revision
16-48— 2

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-49 ANBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
“For the purpose of enforcement of the ambient air quality: standards, Chapter
1200-3-3 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations is hereby adopted
as a portion of this code by reference.. Such regulations and all such
additions, deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently be made shall
become a part of this Code of Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if
set out in full herein”.
(Ord. No. 1265, §1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2921, § 1(1), 10-9-79; Code 1967, ç
3-6)
Adopted by Reference Pursuant to T.C.A. 68-25-115.
16—49— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-3
AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
51200-3-3- .01 PRIMARY AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Primary ambient air quality standards define levels of air quality believed
adequate, with an appropriate margin of safety, to protect public health.
Authority T.C.A. Section 68-25-105. Administrative History. Original rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977
THIS IS THE
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 18, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—49— 2

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-3- .02 SECONDARY AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Secondary ambient air quality standards define levels of air quality believed
adequate, with an appropriate margin of safety, to protect the. public welfare
from any. known anticipated adverse effects of the pollutant.
Authority T.C.A. Section 68-25-105. Administrative History. Original rule
certified June 7, 197.4. Amended effective February. 9, 1977.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 18, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—49— 3

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200’-3-3- .03 TENNESSEE’S AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Ambient air quality standards as given in Tables I and II are applicable
throughout Tennessee.
Authority T.C.’A. Section 68-25-105. Administrative History. Original rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9,. 1977. Amended effective
December 5, 1984.
THIS IS THE
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OP JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 18, 1989
Data Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—49— 4

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1.200-3-3- .04 NONDEGRADATION
These ambient air quality standards shall not be construed, applied or
interpreted to allow any significant deterioration of the existing air quality
in any portion of the state.
Authority T.C.A. Section 68-25-105; Administrative History. Original rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977.
THIS IS THE
FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF 7UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: flJLY 18, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15. 1989 54 FR 25456
16—49— 5

-------
Printed: February 2,, 1995
S1200-3-3- .05 ACHIEVEMENT
The nitrogen dioxide standard in this chapter is to be achieved statewide by
July 1, 1975.and maintained thereafter.’ The total suspended particulate and
sulfur dioxide standards, with the exception of those areas identified in
Chapter 1200-3-19, are to be achieved by July .1, 1975 and maintained
thereafter. For those total suspended particulate and sulfur dioxide areas
identified in Chapter 1200-3-19 the primary standards are to be achieved by
December 31, 1982 and maintained thereafter., The standard for lead is to be
achieved by October 31, 1981 and maintained’ thereafter. The standards for
ozone and carbon monoxide are to be achieved by December 31, 1982 and
maintained thereafter except for areas where a five year extension has been
granted. The standards in the areas where the extension has been granted are
to be achieved by December 31, 1987 and maintained thereafter.
Authority T.C.A. Section 68-25-105. Administrative History. Origin. l rule
certified dune 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977. Amended in its
entirety June 21, 1979. Amended in its entirety November 16, 1979. Amended
December 13, 1982. ‘
16—49— 6

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
TABLE I
TENNESSEE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS for Suspended Particulates,
Sulfur Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, Ozone, Non-Methane Hydrocarbons,
Nitrogen Dioxide, and Lead.
Primary Standard Secondary Standard
Contaminants Concentration Averaging Concentration Averaging
ppm Interval ppm Interval
ug/m 3 by vol. ug/m 3 by vol.
Suspended 75 ACM 5 60 ACM 8 .
Particulates 260 24 hr. 150 24 hr.
Sulfur 80 0.03 AAN 6 1,300 0.5 3 hr.
Dioxide 365 0.14 24 hr.
Carbon 10,000 9.0 8 hr. 10,000 9.0 8 hr.
Monoxide 40,000 35.0 1 hr. 40,000 35.0 1 hr.
Ozone 9 235 0.12 1 hr. 235 0.12 1 hr.
Hydro— 7 160 0.24 3 hr. 160 0.24 3 hr.
Carbons 6-9 a.m. 6-9 a.m.
(non-methane)
Nitrogen 100 0.05 AAN 100 0.05 PLAN
Dioxide
Lead 1.5 Calendar 1.5 Calendar
quarter quarter
Note: 1. All values other than annual values are maximum concentrations not
to be exceeded more than once per year except for lead which is a
quarterly value not to be exceed.
2. PPM values are approximate only.
3. All concentrations relate to air at standard conditions of 25°C
temperature and 760 millimeters of mercury pressure.
4. ug/m 3 - Micrograms per cubic meter.
5. ACM - ‘Annual geometric mean.
6. PLAN -.Annual Arithmetic mean.
7. ‘This value of 60 for an ACM for particulate matter is a guide to
be used in addressing implementation plans to achieve the 24 hour
standard.
8. The standard is attained when the expected number of days per
calendar yearwith maximum hourly concentration above 0.12 ppm
(235 ug/m 3 ) is equal to or less than 1 as determined by the
Federal Register, Volume 44, No. 28, February 8, 1979, Part V,
Appendix H.
16—49— 7

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
TABLE 2
Tennessee Ambient Air Quality Standards for Gaseous Fluorides
Expressed as HF
Primary Standards.
Secondary Standards
Concentration
AveragIng
Concentration
Averaging
.
Interval
•
Interval
ug/m 3 ppb
ug/m 3 ppb
.
by vol.
by vol.
l;2
1.5
30
days
1.2 :
1.5
30
days
1.6
2.0
7
days
1.6
2.0
7
dayá
2.9
3.5
24
hr.
2.9
3.5
24
hr.
3.7
4.5
12
hr.
3.7
4.5
12
hr.
Note: 1. All values are maximum not to be exceeded more than once per year
2. Concentrations in micrograms per cubic meter (ug/m 3) are
approximate only.
3. All conditions relate to air at standard conditions of 25°C
temperature and 760 millimeters of mercury pressure.
4. All averaging intervals are consecutive time periods.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 18, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—49-- 8

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-50 OPEN BURNING
(a) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit open burning of refuse,
garbage, trade waste, trees, limbs, brush, or materials from salvage
operations.
(b) Open burning as listed below may be conducted without permit subject to
fire department approval and provided further that no public nuisance is
or will be created by the open burning.
(1) Fires used far the cooking of food or for ceremonial or
recreational purposes including barbecues and outdoor fireplaces.
(2) Fires set for the training and instruction of firemen or for’
research in fire protection or prevention.
(3) Smokeless flares or safety flares for the combustion of waste
gases provided other applicable sections of this chapter are met.
(c) Exceptions to subsection (a) may be permitted if all of the following
conditions are met.
(1) A request is filed with the health officer giving the reason why
no method except open burning can be employed to dispose of the
material involved, the amount and kind of material to be burned,
the exact location where the burning will take place, and the
dates when the open burning will be done.
(2) Approval’ is ‘received from the health officer.
(.3) Permission is secured from the fire department in the jurisdiction
involved.
(4) The burning will be done between the hours of 9:00 am and 4:00 pm,
or as authorized by the health officer.
(d) This grant of exemption will not relieve the person responsible for such
burning from the consequences of any damages, injuries, or claims
resulting from such burning.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72) Code 1967, § 3-16
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE; JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg APR 27, 1972 MP Y 31, 1972 37 FR 10842
1st Revision JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—50— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-51 SEVERABILITY OF PARTS OF ARTICLES
(1) The provisions of this Act are hereby declared to be severable, and if
any. of its sections, provisions, clauses, or parts be held
unconstitutional or void, then the remainder of this Act shall continue
in full force and effect, it being the legislative intent that this Act
would have been adopted even if such unconstitutional or void matter had
not been included therein.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE:JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUL 07,. 1986 JUN15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—51— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTIONS 16-52 TO 16-55 RESERVED

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
DIVISION 2 ENFORCEMENT

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-56 VIOLATIONS OF CHAPTER-NOTICE; CITATION; INJUNCTIVE RELIEF
(a) Whenever evidence has been obtained or received establishing that a
violation of this code has been.committed, the health officer shall
issue a notice to correct the violation or’a citation to cease the
violation. Such notice or citation shall briefly set forth the general
nature of the violation and specify a reasonable time within which the
violation shall be rectified or stopped. . If the violation is not
corrected within the time so specified, or the violation stopped, or
reasonable steps taken to rectify the violation, the health officer
shall have the power and authority to issue an order requiring the
violator to cease or suspend operation of the facility causing the
violation until the violation has been corrected, or initiate
proceedings to prosecute the violator of this code.
(b) In the event any person fails to comply with a cease or suspend
operation order, that is not subject to a stay pending administrative or
judicial review, the health officer shall institute proceedings in. a
court o,f competent jurisdiction for injunctive relief to enforce the
regulations or orders pursuant hereto.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72) Code 1967, 5 3-2
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg APR 27, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842
1st Revision JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—56— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-57 PENALTIES, MISDEMEANOR, CIVIL, NONCOMPLIANCE
(A) Violation of any provision of this Chapter is hereby declared to be a-
misdemeanor, and each day of violation shall constitute-a separate
offense. Conviction of a misdemeanor is punishable “as provided in
- Section 1-8 of this Code.”. -
(B) Additionally, the provisions of Tennessee Code Annotated, Section
68-25-116 and 68-25-117 are hereby adopted, and the Memphis and Shelby
County Health Department in conjunction with the local Air Pollution
Control Board shall have authority, at their option, to institute and
litigate proceedings for violations asset out therein.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72, Code 1967, § 3-3, Ord. No. 3230, 5 1(2), 8-3-82)
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15-, 1989
LAST UPDATE; JULY 19, 1.989 -
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
- to EPA by EPA Register -
Original Reg APR 27, 1972 MAY 31,. 1972 37 FR 10842
1st Revision JUL 07, -1986 JUN.15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—57— 1

-------
• Printed: ‘February.2, 1995
SECTION 16-58 VARIANCES
(a) Any person wh9 owns or is in control of any plant, building, structure,
establishment, process or equipment including a group of persons who
owns or controls like processes or like equipment may apply to the air
pollution control hearing board, hereinafter referred to as “the Board”,
for a variance from rules or regulations governing the quality, nature,
duration or extent of discharge of air contaminants; The application
shall be accompanied by such information and data as the board may
require. The hearing held hereunder shall be conducted in accordance
with the rules of evidence as set forth in Section 16-71 of this Chapter
as now or hereafter amended. The board may grant such variance, but
only after public hearing. on due notice, if it finds that:
(1) The emissions occurring, or proposed to occur do not endanger or
tend to endanger human health,’ safety, or welfare, or do not cause
or tend to cause property damage.
‘(2) Compliance with the rules or regulations from which variance’ is
sought would produce serious hardship without equal or ‘greater.
benefits to the public.
(b) No variance shall be granted or’denied pursuant to this section until
the board has considered the relative interests of the applicant, other
owners of property likely to be affected by the discharges and the
general public.’
(c) Any variance or renewal thereof shall be granted within the requirements
of subsection, (a) for time periods and under conditions’ consistent with
the reasons therefor, and with the following limitations:
(1) , If the variance is granted on the grounds that there is no
practicable means known or available for the adequate prevention,
abatement, or control of the air pollution involved, the variance
shall be permitted only until the necessary means for prevention,
abatement, or control become known and available, and the variance
shall be subject to the taking of any substitute or alternate
measures that the,board may prescribe.
(2) If the variance’ is granted on th’e ground that compliance with the
particular requirement or’requirements from which variance is
sought will necessitate the taking of measures which, because of
their extent or cost, must be spread over a considerable period of
time, it shall be for a period not to exceed such reasonable time
as, in view of the board, is requisite for thetaking of necessary
measures. A variance granted on the ground specified herein shall
contain a timetable for the taking’of action in an expeditious
manner and shall be conditioned on adherence to süch’timetable.
(3) Any variance or renewal granted shall be for a time period not to
exceed one (1) year.
(d) Any variance granted pursuant to this section may be renewed on terms
and conditions and for periods’ which would be appropriate on initial
granting of the’variance. If complaint is made to the board on account
of the, variance, no renewal thereof shall be granted, unless, following
public hearing on the complaint, the board finds that renewal is
justified. No renewal shall be granted except on application therefor.
Any ,such application shall be made, at least sixty (60) days prior to the
16—58— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
expiration of the variance. Immediately upon a receipt of an
application for renewal, the board shall give public notice of such
application in accordance with rules and regulations of’ the board
(e) A variance of renewal shall not be a right o the applicant or holder
thereof, ‘but shall be in the discretion of the board. However, any
applicant, adversely affected by the denial or the terms and conditions
of the granting of an application for a variance or renewal of a
variance by the board may obtain judicial review thereof only in a court
of competent jurisdiction.
(f) Nothing in this section and no variance or renewal granted pursuant
hereto shall be construed to prevent or limit the application of the
emergency provisions and procedures of Section 3-4 of this Chapter to
any person or his property. ‘
(Ord. No. 1265, ,ç 1, 4-25-72) Code 1967, 5 3-10
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULI&TION AS OF, JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg APR 27, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 ‘ 37 FR 10842
1st Revision JUL 07, 1986 ‘ JUN 15, .1989 , 54 FR 25456
16—58- 2

-------
Printed: February 2,. 1995
SECTION 16-59 EMERGENCY POWERS OF HEALTH OFFICER
(a) Any other provision of the law notwithstanding, if the health officer
finds that a generalized condition of air pollution exists and that it
creates an emergency requiring immediate action to protect human health
or safety, the health officer shall order persons causing or
contributing to the air pollution to reduce or discontinue immediately
the emission of air contaminants. Upon issuance of any such order, the
health officer shall fix a place and time, not later than twenty-four
(24) hours thereafter, for a hearing to be held before the air pollution
control. hearing board. Such hearing shall be held in conformity with
the provisions of sectionl6-71, insofar as applicable. Not more than
twenty-four (24) hours after the commencement of such hearing, and
without adjournment thereof, the Air Pollution Control Hearing Board
shall affirm, modify or set aside the. order of the health officer.
(b) In the absence of a generalized condition of air pollution of the type
referred to in subsection (a) of this section, but if the health officer
finds that emissions from the operation of one or more air contaminant
sources is causing imminent danger to human health or safety, he may
order the person responsible for the operation in question to reduce or
discontinue operations immediately, without regard to the provisions of
thischapter. In such event, the requirements for hearing and
affirmance, modification or setting aside of orders set forth in
subsection (a) of this section shall apply.
(Ord. No. 1265, 1, 4-25-72); Code 1967, § 3-4
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 19, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg APR 27, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842
1st Revision JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—59— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTIONS 16-60 TO 16-70 RESERVED

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
DIVISION 3 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-71 CREATED; MEMBERSHIP; TERM OF OFFICE; JURISDICTION; HEARINGS;
APPEALS
(a) There is hereby created the Memphis and Shelby County Air Pollution
Control Board, hereinafter referred to as “the board” to be composed of
seven (7) members to be appointed jointly by the mayor of the City of
Memphis and the Shelby County Commissioner of Health and confirmed by
both the Memphis City Council and the Shelby County Quarterly Court.
The Board shall consist of the following: One professional
engineer knowledgeable in the field, of air pollution control, one
physician licensed to practice in Tennessee, one attorney licensed to
practice law in Tennessee, a representative of industry at large, and
such other citizen members as may be appointed, except that industry may
have no more than two (2) representatives. No member of the board shall
hold any elective office or receive any governmental salary. All
members shall serve without compensation.
(b) The terms of members shall be four (4) years. Whenever a vacancy occurs,
the vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term in the same manner as
the original appointment. Initial appointments shall be for terms
expiring June 1, 1973.
(c) The board shall select annually a chairman from among its members. The
board shall hold at. meetings as the chairman deems necessary.
All hearings conducted by the board shall be open to the public.
The health officershall act as secretary to the board and shall keep
records of its hearings and other official actions. All hearings shall
be held before, and not less than, a majority of the Board.
(d) The board is hereby vested with the following jurisdiction and
authority:
(1) Grant, deny or revoke variance applications.
(2) To decide appeals from any decisions, rulings, or determinations
of the health officer or his designated representative under this
chapter.
(3) To hear appeals arising from the failure of the health officer or
his designated representative to act within a reasonable period on
complaints under this chapter.
(4) To consider such other air pollution matters as the Board deems
necessary.
(e) Any person seeking a variance from the provisions of this chapter or any
person taking exception to and who is uniquely affected by any decision,
ruling, requirement, rule, regulation, or order of the health officer or
by his failure to act within a reasonable amount of time may take the
appeal to the board as established by this section. Such appeals shall
be made within fifteen (15) days after receiving notice of such
decision, ruling, requirement, rule, regulation, or order or failure to
action by filing a written notice of appeal directly to the board
specifying the ground thereof and the relief requested. Such an appeal
shall act as a stay of the decision, ruling, requirement, rule,
regulation or order in question until the board has taken final action
on the appeal, except when the health officer has acted under Section
16—71— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
16-52, “Emergency Order.” The board, not less than thirty (30) days
after the date of filing an appeal, shall set a date for the hearing and
shall give notice thereof by mail to the interested parties.
(f) Hearings before the board shall be conducted in the following manner:
(1) Notice of any and all hearings shall be given at least fifteen
(15). days prior to the scheduled date of the hearing by public
advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation in Memphis,
Tennessee, giving the date, time, place and purpose of the
hearing.
(2) The chairman of the board shall act as the hearing examiner to
conduct such hearing.
Ord. No. 1265, 5 1, 4-25-72; Code 1967, 5 3-35, Ord. No. 3230, 5 1(5), 8-3-82)
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg APR 27, 1972 MAY 31, 1972 37 FR 10842
1st Revision JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—71— 2

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTIONS 16-72 TO 16-75 RESERVED
Note: Section 16-76 is the “New Source Performance Standards.”
This standard, which is not part of the State Implementation Plan
(SIP), is subdelegated to Memphis by the State.

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
DIVISION 4 SOURCE EMISSION STANDARDS

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-77 CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATING PERNITS
For the purpose of enforcement of the construction and operating permits
section, Chapter 1200-3-9 of the Tennessee Air pollution Control Regulations
is hereby adopted as a portion of this Code by references. Such regulations
and all such additions, deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently
be made shall become a part of this Code of Ordinances and shall have the same
effect as if set out in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, 5 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2671, 5 1, 1-17-78; Code 1967, 5 3-5)
16—77— 1

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-9- .01 CONSTRUCTION PERMITS
(1) No person shall begin the construction of a new air contaminant source
or the modification of an air contaminant source which may result in the
discharge of air contaminants without first having applied for and
received from the Technical Secretary a construction permit for the
construction or modification of such air contaminant source.
(2) The application for a construction permit shall be made on forms
available from the Technical Secretary not less than ninety (90) days
prior to the estimated starting date of construction. Sources
identified in paragraph 1200-3-9- .0l-(4) shall make application for a
construction permit not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to
the estimated date of construction.
Notet The foLlowing para traph (3) (a-*) was not apptove4 because
of inco nsistencies with ZPA regulations and policies. (54 PR
UUS, Jtzfl 1$, 29891
(3) (a) In the event the requirement for a construction permit to the
construction of a new air contaminant source or the modification
of any existing ai; contaminant source will create an undue
hardship on the applicant, the applicant may request of the
technical Secretary a waiver to proceed with the construction or
m44ifioatLGXt prior to the issuan Ce f a OGI’tstfllctjGfl permit. The
applicant for a waiver shall explain the circumstances which will
nuse sttab Qn4QO hardship. thø req ’ est for a waiver shalt be
accomplished by a request f or a construction permit on forms
available from the Technical Secretary.
(b) The Technical secretary may stipulate any conditions he deems
pecessaty Lot the gtantthg of a
(C) The applicant, after a waiver is granted, procee4t at his <,wn
risk; and if after construction or modification has begun or has
been completed, the proposed or completed installation, does not
meet with the Technical Secretary t s approval 1 alternations
required to effect such approval shall be made within a reasonable
time as specified by the technical Secretary. In no case shall
this reasonable time exceed 180 days after notification that the
consttttCtiop c t 3nodjfiCatj,cp 4oes pot meet the Technica l
Secretary’s approval.
(d) The technical Secretary cannot grant a waiver for any source
emitting a hazardous air càntaminant or to any source identified
in subparagraph (4) below.
e) The TechniCal Se t*t4ry may still issue a CGnstPkCtiOn permit
after a waiver has been granted. On this permit he can specify all
the CGri4itions that w1*tj.d have beep on the permit it the normal
construction permit procedures had been followed.
(4) Prevention of Significant Air Quality Deterioration
Note; A major revision to this paragraph (1200-3-9—(04)) has been
submitted to SPA by the State of Tn and is ctzrrently tinderqoin
review.
16—77— 2

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(a) General Provisions
1. No major stationary source or major modification, as defined
in parts (b)l. and (b)2. of this paragraph, shall be
constructed unless the requirements of this paragraph, as
applicable, have been met.
2. The requirements of this paragraph shall only apply to a
proposed major stationary source, or major modification with
respect to any pollutant which is emitted in significant
amounts, or would result in a significant net emissions
increase of the pollutant respectively. Also, the
requirements of this paragraph do not apply to proposed
pollutant emission sources or modifications in a
nonattainxnent area for any pollutant to be emitted by the
proposed source or modification for which the area is
classified noriattainment.
3. Any owner or operator who constructs or operates a source or
modification not in accordance with the application
submitted pursuant to this paragraph or with the terms of
any approval to construct, or any owner or operator of a
source or modification subject to this paragraph who
commences construction after the effective date of these
regulations without applying for and receiving approval
hereunder, shall be subject to appropriate enforcement
action.
4. Approval to construct shall become invalid if construction
is not commenced within 18 months after issuance of an
approved permit, if construction is discontinued for a
period of 18 months or more, or if construction is not
completed within 18 months of the completion date specified
on the construction permit application. The Tennessee Air
Pollution Control Board may grant an extension to complete
construction of the source provided adequate justification
is presented. An extension shall not exceed 18 months in
time. The provision does not apply to the time period
between construction of the approved phases of a phased
construction project; each phase must commence construction
within 18 months of the projected and approved commencement
date.
5. Approval to construct shall not relieve any owner or
operator of the responsibility to comply fully with
applicable provisions under this Division 1200-3 and any
other requirements under local, State, or Federal law.
6. If a particular source or modification becomes a major
stationary source or major modification solely by virtue of
a relaxation in any enforceable limitation which was
established after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the
source or modification otherwise to emit a pollutant, such
as a restriction on hours of operation, then the
requirements of this paragraph shall apply to the source or
modification as though construction had not yet commenced on
the source or modification.
7. Permit Rescission
16—77-- 3

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(i) Any permit for a prevention of significant air quality
deterioration (PSD) source or modification that was
issued according to the rules and regulations
contained in paragraph 1200-3-9--.0l-(6) will remain in
effect and binding until such time as the permittee
files a completed application to obtain rescission.
This application for rescission may be filed at any
time by the perinittee.
(ii) The Technical Secretary shall approve any application
for rescission if the application shows that this
paragraph 1200-3-9-.O1-(4), would not apply to the
source or modification.
(iii) If requested by the perinittee, the Technical Secretary
may rescind only certain elements required in a PSD
permit issued on or before the effective date of this
paragraph, 1200-3-9-.0l-(4).
(iv) Those sources subject to PSD review before August 7,
1977 shall not be allowed to apply for a PSD permit
rescission if construction has “commenced by August
7, 1977.
(v) If a source or modification whose permit is rescinded
were later found to be causing or contributing to an
increment violation, additional control might be
necessary as determined by the Technical Secretary.
(vi) If the Technical Secretary rescinds a permit under
this paragraph, the public shall be given adequate
notice of the rescission. Publication of an
announcement of rescission in a newspaper of general
circulation in the affected region within 60 days of
the rescission shall be considered adequate notice.
(b) Definitions. As used in this paragraph, all terms not defined herein
shall have the meaning given them in Chapter 1200-3-2.
1. “Major stationary source” means
(i) Any of the following stationary sources, which emit or have
the potential to emit, 100 tons per year or more of any air
pollutant regulated under this Division 1200-3.
(I) Fossil-fuel fired steam electric plants of more than
250 million BTU per hour heat input.
(II) Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than
250 tons of refuse per day.
(III) Fossil-fuel boilers (or combinations thereof) totaling
more than 250 million BTU per hour heat input.
(IV) Petroleum storage and transfer facilities with a total
storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels.
(V) Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers)
16-77- 4

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(VI) Kraft pulp mills
(VII) Portland cement plants
(VIII) Primary zinc smelters
(IX) Iron and steel mill plants
CX) Primary alumir um ore reduction plants
(XI) Primary copper smelters
(XII) Hydrofluoric acid plants
(XIII) Sulfuric acid plants
(XIV) Nitric acid plants
(XV) Petroleum refineries
(XVI) Lime plants
(XVII) Phosphate rock processing plants
(XVIII) Coke oven batteries
(XIX) Sulfur recovery plants
(XX) Carbon black plants (furnace process)
(XXI) Primary lead smelters
(XXII) Fuel conversion plants
(XXIII) Sintering plants
(XXIV) Secondary metal production plants
(XXV) Chemical process plants
(XXVI) Taconite ore processing plants
(XXVII) Glass fiber processing plants
(XXVIII) Charcoal production plants
(ii) Notwithstanding the stationary source size specified in
subparagraph (b)-1.-(i) of this paragraph, any stationary
source which emits or has the potential to emit, 250 tons
per year or more of any air pollutant subject to regulation
under this Division 1200-3.
(iii) Any physical change that would occur at a stationary source
not otherwise qualifying under paragraph (b)-l. as a major
stationary source if the change would constitute a major
stationary source by itself.
2. “Major modification” means any physical change in or change in the
method of operation of a major stationary source that would result
in a significant net emissions increase of any pollutant subject
16-77- 5

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
to regulation under this Division 1200-3.
(i) A physical change or change in the method of operation shall
not include:
(I) Routine maintenance, repair, or replacement;
(II) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason
of any order under section 2(a) and (b) of the Energy
Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (or
any superseding legislation) or by reason of a natural
gas curtailment plan pursuant to an applicable federal
statute;
(III) Use of an alternative fuel by reason of an order or
rule under section 125 of the Clean Air Act;
(IV) Use of an alternative fuel at a steam generating unit
to the extent that the fuel is generated from
municipal solid waste as determined by the Tennessee
Division of Solid Waste Management.
(V) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by a
stationary source which the source was capable of
accommodating before January 6, 1975, unless such
change would be prohibited under a legally enforceable
permit condition which was established after January
6, 1975, or under regulations of this Division 1200-3.
(VI) Art increase in the hours of operation or in the
production rate, unless such change would be
prohibited under legally enforceable permit which was
established after January 6, 1975, or under
regulations of this Division 1200-3.
(VII) Any change in ownership at a stationary source.
3. Major sOurces and modifications for ozone
(i) A source that is major for volatile organic compounds shall
be considered major for ozone.
(ii) Any net emissions increase that is significant for volatile
organic compounds shall be considered significant for ozone.
4. Net emission increases
(i) “Net emissions increase” means the amount by which the sum
of the following exceeds zero:
(I) Any increase in actual emissions from particular
physical change or change in the method of operation
at a stationary source; and
(II) Any other increases and decreases in actual emissions
at the source that are contemporaneous with the
particular change and are otherwise creditable.
(ii) An increase or decrease in actual emissions is
16-77- 6

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
contemporaneous with the increase from the particular change
only if it occurs between:
(I) The date five years before a completed application for
the particular change is submitted and
(II) The date that the increase from the particular change
occurs.
(iii) An increase or decrease in actual emissions is creditable
only if the Technical Secretary has not relied on it in
issuing a permit for the source under regulations approved
pursuant to this rule, which permit is in effect when the
increase in actual emissions from the particular change
occurs.
(iv) An increase or decrease in actual emissions of sulfur
dioxide or particulate matter which occurs before the
applicable baseline date is creditable only if it is
required to be considered in calculating the amount of
maximum allowable incremental increases remaining available.
Cv) An increase in actual emissions is creditable only to the
extent that the new level of actual emissions exceeds the
old level.
(vi) A decrease in actual emissions is creditable only to the
extent that:
(I) The old level of actual emissions or the old level of
allowable emissions, whichever is lower, exceeds the
new level of actual emissions;
(II) It is legally enforceable at and after the time that
actual construction on the particular change begins;
and
(III) It has approximately the same qualitative significance
for ambient air quality considering the nature of the
pollutants to be released from the particular
change.
(vii) An increase that results from a physical change at a source
occurs when the emissions unit on which construction
occurred becomes operational and begins to emit a particular
pollutant. Any replacement unit that requires shakedown
becomes operational only after a reasonable shakedown period
as determined by the Technical Secretary, not to exceed 180
days.
5. “Potential to emit” means the maximum capacity of a stationary
source to emit a pollutant under its physical and operational
design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity of
the source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control
equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or
amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be
treated as part of its design if the limitation or the effect it
would have on emissions is legally enforceable. Secondary
emissions do not count in determining the potential to emit of a
stationary source.
16—77— 7

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
6. “Stationary source” means any building, structure, facility, or
installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant subject to
regulation under this Division 1200-3.
7. “Building, structure, facility, or installation” means all of the
pollutant-emitting activities which belong to the same industrial
grouping, are located on one or more contiguous or adjacent
properties, and are under the control of the same person (or
persons under common control). Pollutant-emitting activities
shall be considered as part of the same industrial grouping if
they belong to the same “Major Group” (i.e., described by the
first two digits in the code which is specified in the Standard
Industrial Classification Manual, 1972 , as amended by the 1977
Supplement (U.S. Government Printing Office stock numbers
4101—0066 and 003—005—00176—0, respectively)).
8. “ issions unit” means any part of a stationary source which emits
or would have the potential to emit any pollutant subject to
regulation under this Division 1200-3.
9. “Construction” means any physical change or change in the method
of operation (including fabrication, erection, installation,
demolition, or modification of an emissions unit) which would
result in a change in actual emissions.
10. “Commence” as applied to construction of a major stationary source
or major modification means that the owner or. operator has all
necessary preconstruction approvals or permits and either has:
(i) Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual
on-site construction of the source, to be completed within
the time frame as allowed in part 1200-3-9-.O1-(4)-(a)-4.
(ii) Entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations,
which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial
loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of
actual construction of the source to be completed within the
time frame as allowed in part 1200-3-9-.01-(4)-(a)-4.
11. “Necessary preconstruction approvals or permits” means all permits
or approvals required under air quality control laws and
regulations.
12. “Begin actual construction” means, in general, initiation of
physical on-site construction activities on an emissions unit
which are of a permanent nature. Such activities include, but are
not limited to, installation of building supports and foundations,
laying of underground pipework, and construction of permanent
storage structures. With respect to a change in method of
operation this term refers to those on-site activities, other than
preparatory activities, which mark the initiation of the change.
13. “Pollutant” means those air contaminants which fall under the
categories of criteria and non-criteria pollutants. Criteria
pollutants are those for which an ambient air quality standard has
been established. The criteria pollutants are found in Chapter
1200-3-3, Table 1. The non-criteria pollutants are as follows:
fluorides, asbestos, beryllium, mercury, vinyl chloride, sulfuric
acid mists, hydrogen sulfide (H 2 S), total reduced sulfur
(including H 2 S), and reduced sulfur compounds (including H 2 S).
16-77- 8

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
14. “Baseline concentration” means that ambient concentration level
which exists in the baseline area at the time of the applicable
baseline date. A baseline concentration is determined for each
pollutant for which a baseline date is established and shall
include:
(i) The actual emissions representative of sources in existence
on the applicable baseline date, except as provided in
paragraph (b) (14) (iii); and
(ii) The allowable emissions of major stationary sources which
commenced construction before January 6, 1975, but were not
in operation by the applicable baseline date.
(iii) The following will not be included in the baseline
concentration and will affect the applicable maximum
allowable increment increase(s):
(I) Actual emissions increases and decreases from any
major stationary source on which construction
commenced after January 6, 1975; and
(II) Actual emissions increases and decreases at any
stationary source occurring after the baseline date.
15. “Baseline date” means the earliest date after August 7, 1977 that
a major stationary source or major modification submits a complete
application to this Division 1200-3 or to the EPA administrator.
(i) The baseline date is established for each pollutant for
which increments or other equivalent measures have been
established if:
(I) The area in which the proposed source or modification
would construct is not designated as a nonattainment
area for the pollutant on the date of its complete
application.
(II) In the case of a major stationary source, the
pollutant would be emitted in significant amounts, or,
in the case of a major modification, there would be a
significant net emissions increase of the pollutant.
16. “Baseline area” means any intrastate area (and every part thereof)
not designated as a nonattainment area in which the major source
or major modification establishing the baseline date would
construct or would have an air quality impact equal to or greater
than 1 ug/m 3 (annual average) of the pollutant for which the
baseline date is established.
(i) Area redesignations under this Division 1200-3 cannot
intersect or be smaller than the area of impact of any major
stationary source or major modification which establishes a
baseline date or is subject to the regulations in this
paragraph.
17. “Allowable emissions” means the emissions rate of a stationary
source calculated using the maximum rated capacity of the source
(unless the source is subject to legally enforceable limits which
restrict the operating rate, or hours of operation,or both) and
16—77— 9

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
the most stringent of the following:
(i) The applicable standards under this Division 1200-3 or in
the State Implementation Plan, including those with a future
compliance date; or
(ii) The emissions rate specified as a legally enforceable permit
condition established pursuant to this rule 1200-3-9- .01,
including those with a future compliance date.
18. “Legally enforceable” means all limitations and conditions which
are enforceable by the Technical Secretary and the EPA
administrator.
19. “Secondary emissions” means emissions which occur as a result of
the construction or operation of a major stationary source or
major modification, but do not come from the major stationary
source or major modification itself. For the purpose of this
rule, secondary emissions must be specific, well defined,
quantifiable, and impact the sante general area as the stationary
source or modification which causes the secondary emissions.
Secondary emissions include emissions from any offsite support
facility which would not otherwise be constructed or increase its
emissions as a result of the construction or operation of the
major stationary source or major modification. Secondary
emissions do not include any emissions which come directly from a
mobile source, ,such as the emissions from the tailpipe of a motor
vehicle, from a train, or from a vessel.
20. “Innovative control technology” means any system of air pollution
control that has not been adequately demonstrated in practice, but
would have a substantial likelihood of achieving greater
continuous emissions reduction than any control system in current
practice or of achieving at least comparable reductions at lower
cost in terms of energy, economics, or non-air quality
environmental impacts as determined by the Technical Secretary.
21. “Fugitive emissions” means those emissions which could not
reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent, roof monitor, or
other functionally equivalent opening as determined by the
Technical Secretary.
22. “Actual emissions” means the actual rate of emissions of a
pollutant from an emissions unit, as determined in accordance with
subparts (i)-(iii) below.
(i) In general, actual emissions as of a particular date shall
equal the average rate, in tons per year, at which the unit
actually emitted the pollutant during a two-year period
which precedes the particular date and which is
representative of normal source operation. The Technical
Secretary may allow the use of a different time period upon
a determination that it is more representative of normal
source operation. Actual emissions shall be calculated
using the unit’s actual operating hours, production rates,
and types of materials processed, stored, or combusted
during the selected time period.
(ii) The Technical Secretary may presume that source-specific
allowable emissions for the unit are equivalent to the
16—77— 10

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
actual emissions of the unit.
(iii) For any emissions unit which has not begun normal operations
on the particular date, actual emissions shall equal the
potential to emit of the unit on the date.
23. “Complete” means, in reference to an application for a permit,
that the application contains all the information necessary for
processing the application. Designating an application complete
for purposes of permit processing does not preclude the Technical
Secretary from requesting or accepting any additional information.
24. “Significant” means, in reference to a net emissions increase or
the potential of a source to emit any of the following pollutants,
a rate of emissions that would equal or exceed any of the
following rates:
(i) Pollutant and Emissions Rates
(I) Carbon Monoxide: 100 tons per year (tpy)
(II) Nitrogen oxides: 40 tpy
(III) Sulfur dioxide: 40 tpy
(IV) Particulate matter: 25 tpy
(V) Ozone: 40 tpy of volatile organic compounds
(VI) Lead: 0.6 tpy
(VII) Asbestos: 0.007 tpy
(VIII) Beryllium: 0.0004 tpy
(IX) Mercury: 0.1 tpy
(X) Vinyl chloride: 1 tpy
(XI) Fluorides: 3 tpy
(XII) Sulfuric acid mist: 7 tpy
(XIII) Hydrogen sulfide (H 2 S): 10 tpy
(XIV) Total reduced sulfur (including H 2 S): 10 tpy
(XV) Reduced sulfur compounds (including H 2 S): 10 tpy
(ii) “Significant” means, in reference to a net emissions
increase or the potential of a source to emit a pollutant
subject to regulations under this Division 1200-3 and that
subparagraph (b)-24. does not list, any emissions rate.
(iii) Notwithstanding subparagraph (b)-24. (i), “significant” means
any emissions rate or any net emissions increase associated
with a major stationary source or major modification, which
would construct within 10 kilometers of a Class I area, and
have an impact on such area equal to or greater than 1 ug/m 3
16—77— 11

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(24-hour average).
25. “Federal Land Manager” means, with respect to any lands in the
United States, the Secretary of the department with authority over
such lands.
26. “High terrain” means any area having an elevation 900 feet or more
above the base of the stack of the source.
27. “Low terrain” means any area other than high terrain.
(c) Major stationary sources, and major modifications of sources are subject
to the provisions of this j aragraph.
(d) Major stationary sources and major modifications are exempt from certain
provisions of this paragraph in accordance with the following:
1. No major stationary source or major modification as defined in
this paragraph shall be subject to the requirements of this
paragraph (except as provided in part (4)-(a)-7. of this
paragraph) if:
(i) The source or modification would be a major stationary
source or major modification only if fugitive emissions, to
the extent quantifiable, are considered in calculating the
potential to emit of the stationary source or modification
and such source does not belong to any of the categories
listed under subparagraph (b)- l.-(i), or any other
stationary source category which, as of the effective date
of this paragraph, is being regulated under Chapter
1200-3-li or Chapter 1200-3—16.
(ii) The source or modification was subject to the new
construction rules and regulations as in effect before the
effective date of this paragraph, and the owner or operator:
(a) Obtained all final Federal, State, and local
preconstruction approvals or permits necessary before
the effective date of this paragraph.
(b) Commenced construction within 18 months of receipt of
all necessary Federal, State, and local
preconstruction approvals or permits; and
(c) Did not discontinue construction for a period of 18
months or more and completed construction within the
time frame as allowed in part 1200-3—9-.Oi-(4)-(a)-4.
(iii) The source or modification is subject to the prevention of
significant deterioration rules and regulations as in effect
before the effective date of this paragraph, and the owner
or operator:
(a) Submitted a completed application before the effective
date of this paragraph.
(b) Commenced construction within 18 months of receipt of
all necessary Federal, State, and local
preconstruction approvals or permits; and
16—77— 12

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(c) Did not discontinue construction for a period of 18
months or more and completed construction within the
time fraiiie as allowed in part 1200-3—9-.01—(4)—(a)-4.
2. No major stationary source or major modification as defined in
this paragraph shall be subject to the requirements of this
paragraph with respect to a particular pollutant if the owner or
operator demonstrates that, as to that pollutant, the source or
modification is located in an area designated as nonattainment.
3. Source impact and air quality ana .ysis as required in parts
(e)-1., (e)-3., and (e)-7. of this paragraph shall not apply to a
proposed major stationary source or major modification with
respect to a particular pollutant, if the allowable emissions of
that pollutant from a new source, or the net emissions increase of
that pollutant from a modification, would be temporary, and impact
no Class I area and no area where an applicable increment is known
to be violated.
4. Source impact and air quality analysis as required in parts
(e)-l., (e)-3., and (e)-7. of this paragraph as they relate to
any maximum allowable increase for a Class II area do not apply to
a major modification of a stationary source that was in existence
on March 1, 1978, if the net increase in allowable emissions of
each pollutant from the modification after the applications of
best available control technology would be less than 50 tons per
year.
5. Air quality analysis as required in this paragraph may be exempted
with respect to preconstruction monitoring for a particular
pollutant by the Technical Secretary if:
(i) The emissions increase of the pollutant from a new
stationary source or the net emissions increase of the
pollutant from a modification would cause, in any area, air
quality impacts less than the following amounts:
(I) Carbon monoxide - 575 ug/m 3 , 8-hour average;
(II) Nitrogen dioxide - 14 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(III) Total suspended particulates - 10 ug/m 3 , 24-hour
average;
(IV) Sulfur dioxide - 13 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(V) Ozone - no deminimus air quality level has been
established.
(VI) Lead - 0.1 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(VII) Mercury - 0.25 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(VIII) Beryllium - 0.0005 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(IX) Fluorides - 0.25 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(X) Vinyl chloride - 15 ug/m 3 , 24-hour average;
(XI) Total reduced sulfur - 10 ug/m 3 , 1-hour average;
16—77— 13

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(XII) Hydrogen sulfide - 0.04 ug/m 3 , 1-hour average;
(XIII) Reduced sulfur compounds - 10 ug/m 3 , 1-hour average;
or:
(ii) The pollutants are not listed in subparagraph (d)-5.-(i); or
(iii) Representative existing ambient air quality data are
available for any pollutant as emitted by a major stationary
source, or major modification; or
(iv) The existing air pollutant levels are conservatively
estimated to be small and a monitoring network may not
reliably measure the predicted background concentrations.
6. A portable stationary source which has previously received
construction approval under the requirements of this paragraph may
relocate if:
(i) Emissions from the source would be temporary and would not
exceed its allowable emissions; and
(ii) The emissions from the source would impact no Class I area
and no area where an applicable increment is known to be
violated; and
(iii) Notice shall be given to the Technical Secretary 30 days
prior to the relocation, giving the new temporary location
and the probable length of operation at the new location.
7. Exclusions from Increment Consumption
Ci) Maximum allowable increases (ambient air increments) as
specified in subparagraph 1200-3-9-.Ol-(4)-(f) shall not
apply to concentrations as described below.
(I) Concentrations attributable to the increase in
emissions from stationary sources which have converted
from the use of petroleum products, natural gas, or
both by reason of an order in effect under sections
2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental
Coordination Act of 1974 (or any superseding
legislation) over the emissions from such sources
before the effective date of such an order;
(II) Concentrations attributable to the increase in
emissions from sources which have converted from using
natural gas by reason of a natural gas curtailment
plan in effect pursuant to an applicable Federal law
over the emissions from such sources before the
effective date of such plan;
(III) Concentrations of particulate matter attributable to
the increase in emissions from construction or other
temporary emissions-related activities of new or
modified sources;
(IV) Concentrations attributable to the temporary increase
in emissions of sulfur dioxide or particulate matter
from stationary sources which are affected by plan
16-77— 14

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
revisions approved as meeting the criteria specified
in sub-part 7.-(iii).
(ii) No exclusion of such concentrations shall apply more than
five years after the effective date of the order to which
item 7.-(i)-(I) refers or the plan to which item 7.-(i)-
(II) refers, whichever is applicable. If both such order
and plan are applicable, no such exclusion shall apply more
than five years after the later of such effective dates.
(iii) For purposes of excluding concentrations pursuant to item
7.-(i)-(IV), the proposed plan revision shall:
(I) Specify the time over which the temporary emissions
increase of sulfur dioxide or particulate matter would
occur. Such time is not to exceed two years in
duration.
(II) Specify that the time period for excluding certain
contributions in accordance with item 7.-(iii)-(I) is
not renewable.
(III) Allow no emission increase from a stationary source
which would:
I. Impact a Class I area or an area where an
applicable increment is known to be violated; or
II. Cause or contribute to the violation of a
national ambient air quality standard;
(IV) Require limitations to be in effect at the end of the
time period specified in accordance with item 7.-
(iii)-(I) which would ensure that the emissions levels
from stationary sources affected by the plan revision
would not exceed those levels occurring from such
sources before the plan revision was approved.
(e) The owner or operator of the proposed major stationary source or major
modification:
1. Shall demonstrate by performing source impact analysis that
allowable emission increases from the proposed source or
modification, in conjunction with all other applicable emissions
increases or reduction (including secondary emissions) would not
cause or contribute to air pollution in violation of:
(i) Any Tennessee ambient air quality standard in the source
impact area.
(ii) Any applicable maximum allowable increase over the baseline
concentration in any area.
2. Shall submit all data necessary to make the analyses and
determinations required under this paragraph.
(i) The data shall include:
(I) A description of the nature, location, design
capacity, and typical operating schedule of the source
16—77- 15

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
or modification, including specifications and drawings
needed for the review showing its design and plant
layout.
(II) A detailed proposed schedule for construction of the
source or modification.
(III) A detailed description as to what system of continuous
emission reduction is planned for the source or
modification, emission estimates and any other
information necessary to deterii ine that best available
control technology would be applied where required by
this paragraph.
(IV) Additional impact analysis
I. The impairment to visibility, soils, and
vegetation that would occur as a result of the
source or modification and the associated
general commercial, residential, industrial, and
other growth. Vegetation having no significant
commercial or recreational value may be excluded
from the analysis.
II. The air quality impact projected for the area as
a result of general commercial, residential,
industrial, and other growth associated with the
source or modification.
(ii) Upon request by the Technical Secretary, the owner or
operator shall also provide information on:
I. The air quality impact of the source or
modification, including meteorological and
topographical data.
II. The air quality impacts, and the nature and
extent of any or all general commercial,
residential, industrial, and other growth which
has occurred since the PSD baseline in the area
the source or modification would affect. Such
data in the possession of the Division shall be
made available to the owner or operator.
3. Shall, after construction of the stationary source or
modification, conduct such post-construction monitoring as the
Technical Secretary determines is necessary to determine the
effect emissions from the stationary source or modification may
have, or are having, on air quality in any area.
4. Shall meet the quality assurance requirements as specified in 44
FR 27571, Part 58, Appendix B, May 10, 1979, during the operation
of monitoring stations for purposes of satisfying parts (e)-3. and
(e)-7. of this paragraph.
5. Shall insure that the stationary source or the major modification
be in compliance with all applicable emission limitations of this
Division 1200—3.
6. Shall pay the cost of all publications required under this
16—77— 16

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
paragraph.
7. Shall perform the preapplication air quality analysis as outlined
below:
(i) Any application for a construction permit pursuant to the
regulations of this paragraph shall contain an analysis of
ambient air quality as required by the Technical Secretary
in the area that the major stationary source or major
modification would affect for each of the following
pollutants:
(a) For the source, each pollutant that it would have the
potential to emit in a significant amount;
(b) For the modification, each pollutant for which it
would result in a significant net emissions increase.
(ii) For a pollutant for which a Tennessee Ambient Air Quality
Standard (Chapter 1200-3-3, Table 1) exists, (other than
non-methane hydrocarbons), the analysis shall contain
continuous air quality monitoring data gathered for purposes
of determining whether emissions of that pollutant would
cause or contribute to a violation of the standard or any
maximum allowable increase unless specifically exempted in
subparagraph l200-3-9-.01-(4)-(d).
(iii) In general, the continuous air monitoring data that is
required shall have been gathered over a period of one year
and shall represent the year preceding receipt of the
application, except that, if the Technical Secretary
determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be
accomplished with monitoring data gathered over a period
shorter than one year (but not to be less than four months),
the data that is required shall have gathered over at least
that shorter period.
(iv) (Reserved)
(v) With respect to any pollutant for which no Tennessee Ambient
Air Quality Standard exists, the analysis shall contain such
air quality monitoring data as the Technical Secretary
determines is necessary to assess ambient air quality for
that pollutant in any area that the emissions of the
pollutant would affect.
(f) Ambient Air Increments. In areas designated as class I, II, or
III, increases in pollutant concentration over the baseline
concentration shall be limited to the following:
16—77— 17

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Maximum Allowable Increase
(Micrograms per cubic meter)
Class I
Pollutant
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean . 5
24-hour maximum . . . . 10
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean. . 2
24-hour maximum . . . . . 5
3-hour maximum . . . . . 25
Class II
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean . 19
24-hour maximum . . . . 37
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean 20
24-hour maximum 91
3-hour maximum 512
Class III
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean . . . 37
24-hour maximum . . . . . . 75
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean. . . 40
24-hour maximum . . . . . . 182
3-hour maximum . . . . . . . 700
For any period other than an annual period, the applicable maximum
allowable increase may be exceeded during one such period per year at
any one location.
(g) Area classifications - For the purpose of this paragraph, the following
classifications shall apply:
1. Class I Areas - Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Joyce Kilmer
Slickrock National Wilderness Area, and the Cohutta Wilderness
Area.
2. Class III Areas - None
3. Class II Areas - Remainder of the state
Areas in surrounding states are classified as specified in the EPA
approved implementation plan for each adjoining state.
(h) Restrictions on area classifications.
1. All of the following areas which were in existence on August 7,
1977, shall be Class I areas and may not be redesignated:
(i) International parks,
16—77— 18

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(ii) National wilderness areas which exceed 5,000 acres in size.
(iii) National memorial parks which exceed 5,000 acres in size and
(iv) National parks which exceed 6,000 acres in size.
2. Areas which were redesignated as Class I before August 7, 1977,
shall remain Class I, but may be redesignated as provided in this
section.
3. Any other area, unless otherwise specified in the legislation
creating such an area, is initially designated Class II, but may
be redesignated as provided in this section.
4. The following areas may be redesignated only as Class I or II:
(i) An area which as of August 7, 1977, exceeded 10,000 acres in
size and was a national monument, a national primitive area,
a national preserve, a national recreational area, a
national wild and scenic river, a national wildlife refuge,
a national lakeshore or seashore; and
(ii) A national park or national wilderness area established
after August 7, 1977, which exceeds 10,000 acres in size.
(i) Ambient air ceilings
1. No concentration of a pollutant shall exceed the concentration
permitted under the Tennessee secondary ambient air quality
standard (Chapter 1200-3-3, Table 1), or the concentration
permitted under the Tennessee primary ambient air quality
standard (Chapter 1200-3-3, Table 1), whichever concentration is
lowest for the pollutant for a period of exposure.
2. Except as permitted by Section 123 of the Clean Air Act Amendments
of 1977, dispersion techniques which exceed good engineering
practice, and which were implemented after December 31, 1970, will
not be considered when determining the emission limitations
required for control of any pollutant.
(j) Control Technology Review
1. A major stationary source or major modification shall meet each
applicable emissions limitation under this Division 1200-3 and the
State Implementation Plan.
2. A new major stationary source shall apply best available control
technology for any pollutant that it would have the potential to
emit in significant amounts.
3. A major modification shall apply best available control technology
for any pollutant for which it would result in a significant net
emissions increase at the source. This requirement applies to
each proposed emissions unit at which a net emissions increase in
the pollutant would occur as a result of a physical change or
change in the method of operation in the unit.
4. For phased construction projects, the determination of best
available control technology shall be reviewed and modified as
appropriate at the latest reasonable time which occurs no later
16-77— 19

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
than 18 months prior to commencement of construction of each
independent phase of the project. At such time, the owner or
operator of the applicable stationary source may be required to
demonstrate the adequacy of any previous determination of best
available control technology for the source.
(k) Air Quality Models.
All estimates of ambient concentrations required under this paragraph
shall be based on the applicable air quality models and data bases
acceptable to the Technical Secretary. If determined to be necessary,
the Technical Secretary may specify other requirements.
(1) Public Participation
1. Within 30 days after receipt of an application to construct, or
any addition to such application, the Technical Secretary shall
advise the applicant of any deficiency in the application or in
the information submitted. In the event of such a deficiency, the
date of receipt of the application shall be, for the purpose of
this section, the date on which the Technical Secretary received
all required information.
2. The Technical Secretary shall make a final determination on the
application no later than 6 months after receipt of a complete
application. If there is a need for a longer period of time for
review, it shall be agreed upon by mutual consent. In no case may
this review period be longer than 1 year. The review process
involves performing the following actions:
(i) Make a preliminary determination whether construction should
be approved, approved with conditions, or disapproved.
(ii) Make available in at least one location in each air quality
control region in which the proposed source or modification
would be constructed a copy of all materials the applicant
submitted, a copy of the preliminary determination and a
copy or summary of other materials, if any, considered in
making the preliminary determination.
(iii) Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper of
general circulation in each air quality control region in
which the proposed source or modification would be
constructed, of the application, the preliminary
determination, the degree of increment consumption that is
expected from the source or modification, and the
opportunity for comment at a public hearing as well as
written public comment.
(iv) Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant
and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the
location where the proposed construction would occur as
follows: State or local air pollution control agencies, the
chief executives of the city and county where the source or
modification would be located, any comprehensive regional
land use planning agency, the EPA Administrator, and any
State or Federal Land Manager whose lands may be
significantly (1 ug/m 3 , 24 hour average) affected by
emissions from the source or modification.
16—77— 20

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(v) Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested
persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the
air quality impact of the source or modification, the
control technology required, and other appropriate
considerations.
(vi) Consider all written comments submitted within a time
specified in the notice of public comment and all comments
received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision
on the approvability of the application. No later than 10
days after the close of the public comment period, the
applicant may submit a written response to any comments
submitted by the public or request an extension for this
purpose. The Technical Secretary shall consider the
applicant’s response in making a final decision. The
Technical Secretary shall make all comments available for
public inspection in the same locations where the Technical
Secretary make available preconstruction information
relating to the proposed source or modification.
(vii) Make a final determination whether construction should be
approved, approved with conditions, or disapproved pursuant
to this paragraph.
(viii) Notify the applicant in writing of the final determination
and make such notification available for public inspection
at the same location where the Technical Secretary made
available preconstruction information and public comments
relating to the source or modification.
(ix) All public comments and written comments prepared by the
Technical Secretary will be maintained in the public
depositories for one year from the date of issuance of the
final determination.
(m) Violations of Air Quality Increments
The Technical Secretary shall not issue a construction permit to a
source or facility to construct in an area where the increment is known
to be violated or the air quality review predicts a violation, of the
increment or the ambient air quality standards except in accordance with
the following:
1. All new or modified facilities shall utilize good engineering
practice as determined by the Technical Secretary in designing
stacks. In no event shall that part of a stack which exceeds good
engineering practice stack height be taken into account for the
purpose of determining the degree of emission limitation required
for the control of any pollutant for which there is an ambient air
quality standard established in Chapter 1200-3-3, Table 1.
2. A major source or modification which would normally be required to
meet BACT shall be required to meet the Lowest Achievable Emission
Rate (LAER) for that type of source as determined by the Technical
Secretary at the time of the permit application. The term “lowest
achievable emission rate” means for any source, that rate of
emissions which reflects
U.) the most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in
practice by such class or category of source.
16-77— 21

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(ii) In no event shall a new or modified source emit any
pollutant in excess of the amount allowable under the
applicable rules of chapter 1200-3-16.
3. If required in paragraph l200-3-9-.01(5), the source shall obtain
emission offsets, legally enforceable at or before the time of PSD
permit issuance, sufficient to predict that the increment or air
quality standard will no longer be violated. The offsets shall be
accomplished on or before the time of the new source operation and
demonstrated through a source test or through another method
acceptable to the Technical Secretary.
4. This rule does not exempt the source from meeting the requirements
of rule 1200-3-9—.01-(S).
(n) Sources Impacting Class I Areas - Additional Requirements
1. Notice to Federal Land Managers and the EPA Administrator
The Technical Secretary shall promptly provide notice of receipt
of any permit application for a proposed major stationary source
or major modification, the emissions from which would
significantly (1 ug/m 3 , 24 hour average) affect a class i area to
the EPA Administrator, the Federal Land Manager, and the Federal
official charged with direct responsibility for management of any
lands within any such area. The Technical Secretary shall
transmit to the EPA Administrator a copy of each permit
application relating to a major stationary source or major
modification which would significantly affect a class I area. The
Technical Secretary shall also provide the EPA Administrator, the
Federal Land Manager and such Federal officials with a copy of the
preliminary determination and shall make available to them any
materials used in making that determination promptly after the
Technical Secretary makes it. In addition, notification of public
hearings, final determinations, and permits issued shall be
provided.
2. Denial - Impact on Air Related Values
The Federal Land Manager of any such lands may demonstrate to the
Technical Secretary that the emissions from a proposed source or
modification would have an adverse impact on the air
quality-related values (including visibility) of those lands,
notwithstanding that the change in air quality resulting from
emissions from such source or modification would not cause or
contribute to concentrations which would exceed the maximum
allowable increases for a Class I area. If the Technical
Secretary concurs with such demonstration, then he shall not issue
the permit.
3. Class I Variances
The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification may
demonstrate to the Federal Land Manager that the emissions from
such source or modification would have no adverse impact on the
air quality related values of any such lands (including
visibility), notwithstanding that the change in air quality
resulting from emissions from such source or modification would
cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the
maximum allowable increases for a class I area. If the Federal
16—77- 22

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Land Manager concurs with such demonstration and he so certifies,
the Technical Secretary, provided that the applicable requirements
of this paragraph are otherwise met, may issue the permit with
such emission limitations as may be necessary as approved by the
Tennessee Air Pollution Control Board to assure that emissions of
sulfur dioxide and particulate matter would not exceed the
following maximum allowable increases over baseline concentration
for such pollutants:
Maximum allowable
increase
(micrograms per
cubic meter)
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean 19
24 hour maximum 37
Sulfur dioxide
Annual arithmetic mean 20
24-hr. maximum . . 91
3-hr. maximum . . . 325
(o) Innovative Control Technology
1. The owner or operator of a proposed major stationary source or
major modification may request that the TechnicaF Secretary
approve a system of innovative control technology.
Note: The following se c tio n (12OO-3- -.O1(4) (o) (2) was
disapproved by EM because it is inconsistent with PA re vIabions
and policies (54 FR 25456, June 15,
2. The technical Secretary after consulting with the Governor(s) of
Uts othet signflhcatttly (I, ugIQ, airn’4a1 avenge or $ ug/xn 24
hour average) affected State(s) may determine that the source or
modification may mp1oy a system of innovative control technology
if:
(i) The proposed ontrol system would provide approximately the
same qualitatively significance for ambient air quality
4 Qns3.detjng the nature of the po l utan ,
(ii) The GWnsr or opetatGt agrees to atthi*ve a level at
continuous emissions reduction equivalent to that which
would have been required under part 1200-3”4-bOi-(4)-(j)-1.
by a date specified by the Technical Secretary. Such date
shall not be later than 4 years from the time of startup or
I yea rs trom permit Sssuance,
(iii) The so a e or modietoatton wouad meet th* requiLt ents Gt
parts (e)-+t and (j) -1. based on the emission rate that the
stationary source employing the system of innovative control
technology would be required to meet on the date specified
by the Technical Secretary.
(iv) The source or modification shall nott
(I) Cause or contribute to a violation of an applicable
Tennessee ambient air quality standard; or
16—77— 23

-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(II) S gntca tt:Ly CL ug/m 3 , 24 h
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Secretary in designing stacks, and the Technical
Secretary will consider only stack height that
represents good engineering practice in determining
whether emission control measures are sufficient.
2. A minor new source shall utilize Best Available
Control Technology (BACT) as specified by the
Technical Secretary.
3. A major new source shall meet the Lowest Achievable
Emission Rate (LAER) for that type of source as
determined by the Technical Secretary at that time of
the permit application. The term lowest achievable
emission rate” means for any source, that rate of
emissions which reflects
(1) the most stringent emission limitation which is
achieved in practice by such class or category
of source.
(ii) In no event shall a new or modified source emit
any pollutant in excess of the amount allowable
under the applicable rules of Chapter 1200-3-16.
4. A major new source shall also show that it will not
interfere with reasonable further progress in
attaining the ambient air quality standards by one of
the following methods:
(i) Banked Credits
(I) By agreeing to control the nonattainment
emissions to a rate lower than the
nonattainment emissions specified as
Reasonable Available Control Technology
(RACT) by the Technical Secretary, the
owner or operator of an air contaminant
source has reserved the right to utilize
the incremental reduction between RACT and
the Banked Credit Agreed Rate (BCAR) to
provide for future growth in the
nonattainment area.
(II) The Banked Credit Agreed Rate is an
emission rate more restrictive than RACT
which is mutually agreed to by the
Technical Secretary and an air contaminant
source for the purpose of establishing a
Banked Credit. This emission level is in
no way related to BACT or LAER. Only
sources in operation in 1977 or having an
approved construction permit on March 21,
1979, which are located in or
significantly impact a nonattainment area
eligible to establish a Bank Credit Agreed
Rate.
(III) The following limitations shall apply to
the issuance of a permit for construction
or modification for sources using “Banked
16-77— 25
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Credit Agreed Rate”.
I. All Banked Credits in a given
noriattainment area shall become void
upon official reclassification of
that area as an attainment area.
II. An increase in pounds per hour shall
be offset by a “Banked Credit” of
that amount. The Banked Credit
Account will be reduced by that
amount.
III. An air quality modeling review shall
show that the “Banked Credit” used
and the new and/or modified source
result in predicted cleaner air for
the nonattainment area than air
quality at the RACT emission level.
No predicted new violations of the
ambient air quality standards will
be permitted.
IV. A “Banked Credit” shall not be used
until the “Banked Credit Agreed
Rate” level of control is attained
by the source involved and
demonstrated through a source test
or through another method acceptable
to the Technical Secretary.
V. The “Banked Credit Agreed Rate”
shall be contained in the State
Implementation Plan as the legally
enforceable standard for the air
contaminant source. If the source
electing to use “Banked Credits”
must reduce emissions to achieve the
“Banked Credit Agreed Rate” level
approved by the Tennessee Air
Pollution Control Board, a
compliance schedule shall be
included in the State Implementation
Plan revision.
(ii) Emission Offsets
(I) For major sources, a larger than one- to-one
offset of emissions of the nonattainment
pollutant, based on both allowable and actual
emissions shall be employed. This offset must
result in a net improvement in predicted air
quality for the pollutant in the area under the
influence of emissions from the new or modified
major sources and that reasonabl-e further
progress shall not be hindered.
(II) All or any portions of the offsets shall be
accomplished on or before the time of new source
operation and demonstrated through a source test
16—77— 26
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
or through another method acceptable to the
Technical Secretary.
(III) The reductions shall come from sources in the
emission inventory used in the approved control
strategy for the nonattainment area state
implementation plan revision.
(IV) The amount of the proposed reduction shall be
sufficient to offset both the emission increases
directly associated with the proposed source
construction and/or modification and those
emissions attributed to permitted minor sources
that have come into the area since the last
reasonable further progress milestone was met.
(iii) Construction or modification of Major Sources that
Have No Emission Offsets or Banked Credits.
The Technical Secretary shall issue a construction
permit to proposed new or modified sources provided
the sources’ emissions will not prevent reasonable
further progress in the nonattainment area or will not
prevent the ambient air quality standards from being
met. Completed applications from sources qualifying
for this provision will be processed based on the date
of receipt of the application by the Technical
Secretary in his Nashville office.
(iv) Combination of the provisions of subparts (i), (ii)
and (iii) of this part.
5. Prior to the issuance of a permit to a major carbon monoxide
(CO) or volatile organic compound (VOC) source in Shelby and
Davidson Counties, or a major volatile organic compound
(VOC) source in Hamilton County, an analysis of alternate
sites, sizes, production process, and environmental control
techniques for the proposed source shall be made. A permit
shall only be issued if the benefits of the proposed source
significantly outweigh the environmental and social costs
imposed on the public as a result of the sources’ location,
construction, or modification in these counties. The
Technical Secretary shall require the submittal of such
information as he deems necessary for this analysis.
6. A source is identified as a major source for each pollutant
as indicated below:
(i) A major source for SO 2 and Volatile Organic Compounds
is a source with potential emissions of more than 100
tons per year and allowable emissions (based on BACT)
greater than any of the following:
40 tons per year
1000 lbs per day
100 lbs per hour
(ii) A major source for carbon monoxide is a source
potential emissions of greater than 1000 tons per year
16-77— 27
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
and allowable emissions (based on BACT) greater than
any of the following:
5 tons per year
1000 lbs per day
100 lbs per hr.
(iii) A major source for particulate matter is any source
with potential emissions of more than 100 tons per
year and/or allowable emissions of greater than 5 tons
per year, 1000 lbs per day, of 100 lbs. per hr (based
on BACT).
Piecemeal construction is cumulative.
When an air contaminant source’s new and/or modified
allowable emissions equals or exceed the above levels
it becomes a major source.
Potential emissions as used above means the capability
at maximum capacity to emit a pollutant in the absence
of air pollution control equipment. Air pollution
control equipment” includes control equipment which is
not, aside from air pollution control laws and
regulations, vital to production of the normal product
of the source or to its normal operation. Annual
potential shall be based on the maximum annual rated
capacity of the source, unless the source is subject
to enforceable permit conditions on the type or amount
of materials combusted or processed may be used in
determining the potential emission rate of a source.
7. l200-3-9-.01-(5)-(b) applies only to the following counties
for Volatile Organic Compounds:
Davidson
Hamilton
Shelby
8. An increase in emissions from a new or modified air
contaminant (all sources at a given plant location) source
is deemed to significantly impact on air quality when it
contributes to air quality in the following amounts or more:
Pollutant Annual 24-hour 3-hour 8-hour 1-hour
Sulfur
Dioxide 1 ug/m 3 5 ug/m 3 25 ug/m 3
Part iculate
matter 1 ug/m 3 5 ug/m 3
Carbon
Monoxide 0.5 mg/rn 3 2 mg/rn 3
9. A minor source is any source which is not a major source as
defined in 1200—3—9—.01—(5)—(b)—6.
10. The Technical Secretary shall not issue a permit to any
major source in or significantly impacting a nonattaininent
area unless all other sources owned or operated by the
applicant anywhere in the state are in compliance or on an
approved compliance schedule.
16—77— 28
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
11. Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in
this rule, all sources identified in rule 1200—3—9—.O].—(4)
if more stringent.
12. 1200-3-9-.O1—(5)-(b) does not apply to the following
nonattainment areas identified in 1200-3-].9-.03:
(i) Bristol Particulate Nonattaininent Area (Reference
1200—3—l9—.03(1)—(a).
(ii) Jacksboro Particulate Nonattainment Area (Reference
1200—3—19—.03(1)—(e).
(END OF PARAGRAPH (5), GROWTH POLICY]
1 1ofe: A revision ec parag:apb (1200-3.-9-(OEfr, ‘(O?L ai d (O8 )
h s been s bnj e t O EPA ,by the State ffl d 2 S
undergoing review
(6) Construction permits issued under this rule are based on the control of
air contaminants only and do not in any way affect the applicant’s
obligation to obtain necessary permits from other governmental agencies.
(7) The applicant for a construction permit (or its equivalent by Board
order) shall pay the cost of publication of any notices required by
state or federal law or regulations to effectuate the rights applied
for.
(8) Prevention of Significant Air Quality Deterioration Regulations in
Effect Before the Effective Date of Paragraph 1200-3-9-.O1-(4).
(a) General Provisions
1. Only major stationary sources or major modifications which
have been permitted or whose completed application for a
permit was received prior to the effective date of paragraph
l200-3-9-.Ol(4) are subject to the requirements in this
paragraph except as provided in part 1200-3-9-.O1-(4)-(a)-7.
(permit recision).
2. No major stationary source or major modification, as defined
in parts (b)1. and (b)2. of this paragraph, shall be
constructed unless the requirements of this paragraph, as
applicable, have been met.
3. The requirements of this paragraph shall apply to a proposed
source or modification only with respect to those pollutants
for which it would be a major stationary source or major
modification.
4. Any owner or operator who constructs or operates a source or
modification not in accordance with the application
submitted pursuant to this paragraph or with the terms of
any approval to construct, or any owner or operator of a
source or modification subject to this paragraph who
commences construction after June 21, 1979 without applying
for and receiving approval hereunder, shall be subject to
appropriate enforcement action.
5. Approval to construct shall become invalid if construction
16—77— 29
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
is not commenced within 18 months after receipt of such
approval, if construction is discontinued for a period of 18
months or more, or if construction is not completed within a
reasonable time. The Technical Secretary may extend the
18-month period upon a satisfactory showing that an
extension is justified. The provision does not apply to the
time period between construction of the approved phases of a
phased construction project; each phase must commence
construction within 18 months of the projected and approved
commencement date.
6. Approval to construction shall not relieve any owner or
operator of the responsibility to comply fully with
applicable provisions of the State Implementation plan and
other requirements under Local, State or Federal law.
(b) Definitions. As used in this paragraph, all terms not defined
herein shall have the meaning given them in Chapter 1200-3-2.
1. “Major stationary source” means:
(i) Any of the following stationary sources, which emit or
have the potential to emit, 100 tons per year or more
of any air pollutant regulated under this Division
1200—3.
(I) Fossil-fuel fired steam electric plants of more
than 250 million BTU per hour heat input.
(II) Municipal incinerators capable of charging more
than 250 tons of refuse per day.
(III) Fossil-fuel boilers (or combinations thereof)
totaling more than 250 million BTU per hour heat
input.
(IV) Petroleum storage and transfer facilities with a
total storage capacity exceeding 300,000
barrels.
(V) Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers)
(VI) Kraft pulp mills
(VII) Portland cement plants
(VIII) Primary zinc plants
(IX) Iron and steel mill plants
(X) Primary aluminum ore reduction plants
(XI) Primary copper smelters
(XII) Hydrofluoric acid plants
(XIII) Sulfuric acid plants
(XIV) Nitric acid plants
16—77— 30
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(XV) Petroleum refineries
(XVI) Lime plants
(XVII) Phosphate rock processing plants
(XVIII) Coke oven batteries
(XIX) Sulfur recovery plants
(XX) Carbon black plants (furnace process)
(XXI) Primary lead smelters
(XXII) Fuel conversion plants
(XXIII) Sintering plants
(XXIV) Secondary metal production plants
(XXV) Chemical process plants
(XXVI) Taconite ore processing plants
(XXVII) Glass fiber processing plants
(XXVIII) Charcoal production plants
(ii) Any source which emits or has the potential to emit
250 tons per year or more of any air pollutant
regulated under this Division 1200-3.
2. “Major modification” means any physical change in, change in the
method of operation of, or addition to a stationary source which
increases the potential emission rate of any air pollutant
regulated under this Division 1200-3 (including any not previously
emitted and taking into account all accumulated increases in
potential emissions occurring at the source since August 7, 1977,
or since the time of the last construction approval issued for the
source pursuant to this paragraph, whichever time is more recent,
regardless of any emission reductions achieved elsewhere in the
source) by either 100 tons per year or more for any source
category identified in subpart (b)-1.-(i) of this paragraph, or by
250 tons per year or more for any stationary source.
(i) A physical change shall not include routine maintenance,
repair and replacement.
(ii) A change in the method of operation, unless previously
limited by enforceable permit conditions, shall not include:
(I) An increase in the production rate, if such increase
does not exceed the operating design capacity of the
source specified on the latest operating or
construction permit;
(II) An increase in the hours of operation;
(iii) A change in the method of operation shall not include:
16—77— 31
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(I) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason
of an order in effect under Sections 2(a) and (b) of
the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act
of 1974 (or any superseding legislation), or by reason
of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant
to the Federal Power Act;
(II) Use of an alternative fuel or raw material, if prior
to January 6, 1975, the source was capable of
accommodating such fuel or material.
(III) Use of an alternative fuel by reason of an order or
rule under Section 125 of the Clean Air Act;
(IV) Change in ownership of the source.
3. “Potential to emit” means the capability at maximum capacity to
emit a pollutant in the absence of air pollution control
equipment. “Air pollution control equipment” includes control
equipment which is not, aside from air pollution control laws and
regulations, vital to production of the normal product of the
source or to its normal operation. Annual potential shall be
based on the maximum annual rated capacity of the source or
facility, unless the source or facility is subject to enforceable
permit conditions which limit the annual hours of operation.
Enforceable permit conditions on the type or amount of materials
combusted or processed may be used in determining the potential
emission rate of a source or facility.
4. “Source” means any structure, building, facility, equipment,
installation, or operation (or combination thereof) which is
located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties and which
is owned or operated by the same person (or by persons under
common control).
5. “Facility” means an identifiable piece of process equipment. A
source is composed of one or more pollutant-emitting facilities.
6. “Fugitive dust” means particulate matter composed of soil which is
uncontaminated by pollutants resulting from industrial activity.
Fugitive dust may include emissions from haul roads, wind erosion
of exposed soil surfaces and soil storage piles and other
activities in which soil is either moved, stored, transported, or
redistributed.
7. “Baseline concentration” means that ambient concentration level
reflecting actual air quality as of August 7, 1977, minus any
contribution from major stationary sources and major modifications
on which construction commenced and all necessary preconstruction
approvals and/or permits were obtained on or after January 6,
1975. The baseline concentration shall include contributions
from:
Ci) The actual emission of other sources in existence on
August 7, 1977, and
(ii) The allowable emissions of major stationary sources and
major modifications which commenced construction and
obtained all necessary preconstruction approvals and/or
permits before January 6, 1975, but were not in operation by
16—77— 32
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
August 7, 1977.
8. “Federal Land Manager” means, with respect to any lands in the
United States, the Secretary of the department with authority over
such lands.
9. “High terrain” means of [ of?] any area having an elevation 900
feet or more above the base of the stack of a source.
10. “Low terrain” means any area other than high terrain.
11. “Reconstruction” will be presumed to have taken place where the
fixed capital cost of the new components exceed 50 percent of the
fixed capital cost of a comparable entirely new facility or
source. A reconstructed source will be treated as a new source
for purposes of this paragraph, except that use of an alternative
fuel or raw material by reason of an order in effect under section
2 (a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination
Act of 1974 (or any superseding legislation), by reason of a
natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant to the Federal
Power Act, or by reason of an order of rule under section 125 of
the Clean Air Act, shall not be considered construction.
12. “Fixed capital cost” means the capital needed to provide all of
the depreciable components.
13. “Allowable emissions” means the emission rate calculated using the
maximum rated capacity of the source (unless the source is subject
to enforceable permit conditions which limit the operating rate,
or hours of operation, or both) and the most stringent of the
following:
(i) Applicable standards as set forth in this Division 1200-3,
or
(ii) The emission rate specified as a permit condition.
(c) Major stationary sources, major modification of sources, and
reconstruction of sources are subject to the provisions of this
paragraph.
(d) Major stationary sources and major modifications are exempt from the
provisions of this paragraph if one or more of the following conditions
are met:
1. The major source or major modification received all state, local,
and Federal approval to construct prior to March 1, 1978,
commenced construction before March 19, 1979, did not discontinue
construction for a period of 18 months, and completed construction
within a reasonable time.
2. A portable facility which has previously received construction
approval under the requirements of this paragraph may relocate if:
(i) Emissions from the facility would not exceed allowable
emissions,
(ii) Emissions from the facility would not significantly impact a
Class I area or an area where an applicable increment is
known to be violated,
16—77— 33
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(iii) and, notice of is given to the Technical Secretary 30 days
prior to the relocation, giving the new location and the
probable length of operation at the new location.
(e) Requirements of Source Owner or Operator.
1. Submit all data necessary to make the analyses and determinations
required under this paragraph.
(i) The data shall include:
(I) A description of the nature, location, design
capacity, and typical operating schedule of the source
or modification, including specifications and drawings
needed for the review showing its design and plant
layout.
(II) A detailed schedule for construction of the source or
modification.
(III) A detailed description as to what system of continuous
emission reduction is planned for the source or
modification, emission estimates, and any other
information necessary to determine that best available
control technology would be applied where required by
this paragraph.
(IV) The impairment to visibility, soils, and vegetation
that would occur as a result of the source or
modification and the associated general commercial,
residential, industrial, and other growth. Vegetation
having no significant commercial or recreational value
may be excluded from the analysis.
(V) The air quality impact projected for the area as a
result of general commercial, residential, industrial,
and other growth associated with the source or
modification.
(VI) As necessary, an analysis of the preceding years
monitoring data for any pollutant emitted by the
source or modification, or if approved, a portion or
portions of that or a previous representative year,
adequate to determine that the source or modification
would not cause or contribute to a violation of an
ambient air quality standard, except non-methane
hydrocarbons, covered by Chapter 1200-3-3, Table I.
(ii) Upon request by the Technical Secretary, the owner or
operator shall also provide information on:
(I) The air quality impact of the source or modification,
including meteorological and topographical data.
(II) The air quality impacts, and the nature and extent of
any or all general commercial, residential,
industrial, and other growth which has occurred since
August 7, 1977, in the area the source or modification
would affect. Such data in the possession of the
Division shall be made available to the owner or
16-77— 34
-------
operator
Printed: February 2, 1995
(III) Air quality monitoring, after the source or
modification is constructed, to establish the effect
which emissions from the source or modification of a
pollutant for which a standard under Chapter 1200-3-3,
Table I exists (except non-methane hydrocarbons) may
have, or is having, on air quality in any area which
such emissions would affect.
2. Except as provided in 1200-3-9-.01-(4)-(k), shall demonstrated
that no ambient air quality standards (Chapter 1200-3-3, Table I)
or the applicable maximum allowable increase over the baseline
will be violated as a result of the source or modification and all
other applicable emissions increases or decreases.
3. Insure that the major stationary source or the major modification
shall meet all applicable emission limitations of this Division
1200—3.
4. The applicant for the construction of a source or modification
covered by this paragraph shall pay the cost of all publications
required under this paragraph.
(f) Ambient Air Increments. In areas designated as class I, II, or III,
increases in pollutant concentration over the baseline concentration
shall be limited to the following:
Pollutant
Maximum Allowable Increase
(Micrograms per cubic meter)
Class I
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean
24-hour maximum . .
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean
24-hour maximum . .
3-hour maximum . .
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean
24-hour maximum
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic (mean]
24-hour maximum
3-hour maximum
Particulate matter:
Annual geometric mean
24-hour maximum
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean
5
10
2
5
25
19
37
20
91
512
37
75
40
Class II
Class III
16—77— 35
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
24-hour maximum 182
3-hour maximum 700
For any period other than an annual period, the applicable maximum allowable
increase may be exceeded during one such period per year at any one location.
(g) Area classifications - For the purpose of this paragraph, the following
classifications shall apply:
1. Class I Areas - Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Joyce Kilmer
Slickrock National Wilderness Area, and the Cohutta Wilderness
Area.
2. Class III Areas - None
3. Class II Areas - Remainder of the state
Areas in surrounding states are classified as specified in the EPA
approved implementation plan for each adjoining state.
(h) Restrictions on area classifications.
1. The Great Smoky Mountains National Park, the Joyce Kilmer
Slickrock National Wilderness Area, and the Cohutta Wilderness
Area may be designed only as Class I.
2. A national park or national wilderness area established after
August 7, 1977, which exceeds 10,000 acres in size, (sic, comma
not in text] only as Class I or Class II area.
(i) Ambient air ceilings
1. No concentrations of a pollutant shall exceed the concentration
permitted under the Tennessee secondary ambient air quality
standard (Chapter 1200-3-3, Table I), or
2. The concentrations permitted under the Tennessee primary ambient
air quality standard (Chapter 1200-3-3, Table I), whichever
concentration is lowest for the pollutant for a period of
exposure.
3. Except as permitted by Section 123 of the Clean Air Act Amendments
of 1977, dispersion techniques which exceed good engineering
practice, and which were implemented after December 31, 1970, will
not be considered when determining the emission limitations
required for control of any pollutant.
(j) Exclusions from increment consumption.
1. The following concentrations shall be excluded in determining
compliance with a maximum allowable increase:
(i) Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions
from facilities which have converted from the use of
petroleum products, natural gas, or both, by reason of an
order in effect under Sections 2 (a) and (b) of the Energy
Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (or any
superseding legislation) over the emissions from such
sources before the effective date of such order;
16—77— 36
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(ii) Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions
from sources which have converted from using natural gas by
reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant
to the Federal Power Act over the emissions from such
sources before the effective date of such plan;
(iii) Concentrations of particulate matter attributable to the
increase in emissions from construction or other tempor ry
activities.
2. No exclusion under sub-parts (j)1.(i) or (ii) of this paragraph
shall apply more than five years after the effective date of the
order to which sub- part (j)l.(i) refers or the plan to which sub-
part(j)1.(ii) refers, whichever is applicable. If both such order
and plan are applicable, no such exclusion shall apply more than
five years after the later of such effective dates.
3. Concentrations which the owner or operator has shown to be
fugitive dust.
(k) Control Technology Review.
1. A new major stationary source or major modification shall apply
best available control technology for each applicable pollutant,
unless the increase in allowable emissions of that pollutant from
the source or modification would be less than 50 tons per year,
1,000 pounds per day, or 100 pounds per hour, whichever is most
restrictive.
(i) The preceding hourly and daily rates shall apply only with
respect to a pollutant for which an increment, or state
ambient air quality standard, for a period of less than 24
hours or for a 24 hour period, as appropriate, has been
established.
(ii) In determining whether and to what extent a modification
would increase allowable emissions, there shall be taken
into account no emission reductions achieved elsewhere at
the facility at which the modification would occur.
2. In the case of modification, the requirement for best available
control technology shall apply only to each new or modified
facility which would increase the allowable emissions of an
applicable pollutant.
3. Where a facility within a source would be modified but not
reconstructed, the requirements for best available control
technology, notwithstanding part (k)-l. of this paragraph, shall
not apply to such facility if no net increase in emissions of an
applicable pollutant would occur at the source, taking into
account all emission increases and decreases at the source which
would accompany the modification, and if no adverse air quality
impact would occur.
4. For phased construction projects the determination of best
available control technology shall be reviewed, and modified as
appropriate, at the latest reasonable time prior to commencement
of construction of each independent phase of the proposed source
or modification.
16-77- 37
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(1) Exemptions from impact analyses
1. The requirements of items (e)-l.-(i)-IV, V 1 VI, sub-parts
(e)-1.-(ii) and part (e)-2. of this paragraph shall not apply to a
major stationary source or major modification with respect to a
particular pollutant, if -
(i) The increase in allowable emissions of that pollutant from
the source or modification would significantly impact no
Class I area and no area where an applicable increment is
known to be violated; and
(ii) The increase in allowable emissions of that pollutant from
the source or modification would be less than 50 tons per
year 1 1000 pounds per day, or 100 pounds per hour, whichever
is more restrictive; or
(iii) The emissions of the pollutant are of a temporary nature
including but not limited to those from a pilot plant, a
portable facility construction, or exploration; or
(iv) A source is modified, but no increase in the net amount of
emissions for any pollutant regulated under Chapter
1200-3-3, Table 1 and no adverse air quality impact would
occur.
Cv) As to that pollutant, the source or modification is subject
to Rule 1200-3-9-.01-(5) and the source or modification
would significantly impact no area attaining the state
ambient air quality standards.
2. The hourly and daily rates set in sub-part(1)1.(ii) of this
paragraph shall apply only with respect to a pollutant for which
an increment, or ambient air quality standard, for a period of
less than 24 hours or for a 24 hour period, as appropriate, has
been established under Chapter 1200-3-3, Table 1.
3. In determining for the purpdse of sub-part (l)1.(ii) of
this paragraph whether and to what extent the modification would
increase allowable emissions, there shall be taken into account no
emission reduction achieved elsewhere at the source at which the
modification would occur.
4. In determining for the purpose of sub-part(l)l.(iv) of this
paragraph whether and to what extent there would be an increase in
the net amount of emissions for any pollutant subject to Chapter
1200-3-3, Table 1 from the source which is modified, there shall
be taken into account all emission increases and decreases
occurring at the source since August 7, 1977.
5. The requirements of items (e)-1.-(i)-IV, V, VI, sub-part (e)l.(ii)
and part(e)2. of this paragraph shall not apply to a major
modification with respect to emissions from it which the owner or
operator has shown to be fugitive dust.
(m) Air Quality Models.
All estimates of ambient concentrations required under this paragraph
shall be based on the applicable air quality models, data bases, and
other requirements specified by the Technical Secretary.
16—77- 38
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(n) Public Participation
1. Within 30 days after receipt of an application to construct, or
any addition to such application, the Technical Secretary shall
advise the applicant of any deficiency in the application or in
the information submitted. In the event of such a deficiency, the
date of receipt of the application shall be, for the purpose of
this section, the date on which the Technical Secretary received
all required information.
2. The Technical Secretary shall make a final determination on the
application no later than one year after receipt of a complete
application. This involves performing the following actions:
(i) Make a preliminary determination whether construction should
be approved, approved with conditions, or disapproved.
(ii) Make available in at least one location in each region in
which the proposed source or modification would be
constructed a copy of all materials the applicant submitted,
a copy of the preliminary determination and a copy or
summary of other materials, if any, considered in making the
preliminary determination.
(iii) Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper of
general circulation in each region in which the proposed
source or modification would be constructed, of the
application, the preliminary determination, the degree of
increment consumption that is expected from the source or
modification, and the opportunity for comment at a public
hearing as well as written public comment.
(iv) Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant
and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the
location where the proposed construction would occur as
follows: local air pollution control agencies, the chief
executives of the city and county where the source or
modification would be located, any comprehensive regional
land use planning agency, the EPA Administrator, and any
State or Federal Land Manager whose lands may be
significantly affected by emissions from the source or
modification.
(v) Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested
persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the
air quality impact of the source or modification, the
control technology required , and other appropriate
considerations.
(vi) Consider all written comments submitted within a time
specified in the notice of public comment and all comments
received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision
on the approvability of the application. No later than 10
days after the close of the public comment period, the
applicant may submit a written response to any comments
submitted by the public or request an extension for this
purpose. The Technical Secretary shall consider the
applicant’s response in making a final decision. The
Technical Secretary shall make all comments available for
public inspection in the same locations where the Technical
16—77— 39
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Secretary made available preconstruction information
relating to the proposed source or modification.
(vii) Make a final determination whether construction should be
approved, approved with conditions, or disapproved pursuant
to this paragraph.
(viii) Notify the applicant in writing of the final determination
and make such notification available for public inspection
at the same location where the Technical Secretary made
available preconstruction information and public comments
relating to the source or modification.
(ix) All public comments and written comments prepared by the
Technical Secretary will be maintained in the public
depositories for one year from the date of issuance of the
final determination.
(o) Violations of Air Quality Increments
The Technical Secretary shall not issue an construction permit to a
source or facility to construct in an area where the increment is known
to be violated or the air quality review predicts a violation of the
increment or the ambient air quality standards except in accordance with
the following:
1. All new or modified facilities shall utilize good engineering
practice as determined by the Technical Secretary in designing
stacks. In no event shall that part of a stack which exceeds good
engineering practice stack height be taken into account for the
purpose of determining the degree of emission limitation required
for the control of any pollutant for which there is an ambient air
quality standard established in Chapter 1200-3-3, Table 1.
2. Sources and modifications with allowable emissions increases of
less than SO tons per year, 1000 pounds per day or 100 pounds per
hour, whichever is most restrictive, shall utilize Best Available
Control Technology (BACT).
3. A major source or modification which would normally be required to
meet BACT shall be required to meet the Lowest Achievable Emission
Rate (LAER) for that type of source as determined by the Technical
Secretary at the time of the permit application. The term lowest
achievable emission rate” means for any source, that rate of
emissions which reflects
(i) the most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in
practice by such class or category of source.
(ii) In no event shall a new or modified source emit any
pollutant in excess of the amount allowable under the
applicable rules of chapter 1200-3-16.
4. If necessary, the source shall obtain emission offsets sufficient
to predict that the increment or air quality standard will no
longer be violated. The offsets shall be accomplished on or
before the time of the new source operation and demonstrated
through a source test or through another method acceptable to the
Technical Secretary.
16-77— 40
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
5. This rule does not exempt the source from meeting the requirements
of rule 1200—3—9—.O1—(5).
(p) Class I Area Impact - In addition to the other requirements of this
paragraph, the following requirements shall apply to any major
stationary source or major modification proposed which would
significantly affect a Class I area:
1. Upon receipt of an acceptable construction permit application
which would significantly affect a Class I area, the following
actions shall be taken:
(i) Permit application to construct a major source or major
modification which would comply with the Class I increment
requirement established under Chapter 1200-3-9- .01,
subparagraph (4) (f).
(I) Promptly, after receipt of the permit application, the
Technical Secretary shall notify the EPA
Administrator, the Federal Land Manager, and the
Federal official directly responsible for the
management of any lands which would be impacted by the
proposed source.
(II) Promptly after making a preliminary decision on the
permit application, the Technical Secretary shall send
a copy of the decision to the EPA Administrator and
the Federal Land Manager.
(III) The Technical Secretary will make available to the
Federal Land Manager and the EPA Administrator all
materials used in making the preliminary decision.
(IV) Upon receipt of the recommendation of the Federal Land
Manager, the Technical Secretary shall proceed with
processing the permit application in the following
manner:
I. Federal Land Manager recommends that the permit
be issued. The Technical Secretary shall either
issue or deny the permit.
II. Federal Land Manager recommends the permit not
be issued. The Technical Secretary shall take
one of the following actions:
A. Deny permit.
B. Recommend permit be issued - the permit
application is then submitted through the
EPA Administrator to the President for
review and final decision. The President
shall either deny or issue the permit.
(ii) Permit application to construct a major source or major
modification which would not comply with the Class I
increment requirements established by Chapter 1200-3-9- .01,
subparagraph (f).
(I) Promptly, after receipt of the permit application, the
16—77— 41
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Technical Secretary shall notify the EPA
Administrator, the Federal Land Manager, and the
Federal official directly responsible for management
of any lands which would be impacted by the proposed
source.
(II) Promptly after making a preliminary decision on the
permit application, the Technical Secretary shall send
a copy of the decision to the EPA Administrator and
the Federal Land Manager.
(III) The Technical Secretary will make available to the
Federal Land Manager and the EPA Administrator all
materials used in making the preliminary decision.
(IV) Upon receipt of the recommendations of the Federal
Land Manager, the Technical Secretary shall proceed
with processing the permit application in the
following manner:
I. Federal Land Manager recommends that the permit
be issued. The Technical Secretary shall either
issue or deny the permit.
If the permit is issued subject to Chapter
1200—3—9—.0l, sub—item (4)(p)l.(ii)(IV)I., the
particulate and sulfur dioxide maximum allowable
increases over baseline concentrations shall be
as follows:
Maximum Allowable Increase
(Micrograms per cubic meter)
Particulate matter
Annual geometric mean 19
24-hour maximum 37
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean 20
24-hr. maximum 91
3-hr. maximum 325
II. Federal Land Manager recommends that the permit not be
issued. The Technical Secretary shall take one of the
following actions:
A. Deny permit.
B. Recommend to the Governor that the permit be
issued. The Governor shall direct the Technical
Secretary to take one of the following actions:
(A) Deny permit.
(B) Recommend to the President, through the
EPA Administrator, that the permit be
issued. The President shall either deny
or issue the permit. If the permit is
issued, the following limits on
particulate and sulfur dioxide shall
16—77— 42
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
apply:
Maximum allowable increase
(micrograms per cubic meter)
Particulate matter
Annual geometric mean 19
24-hr. maximum 37
Sulfur dioxide: The source or
modification shall
comply with such
emission limitations as
may be necessary to
assure that emissions of
sulfur dioxide would not
(during any day on which
the otherwise applicable
maximum allowable
increases are exceeded)
cause or contribute to
concentrations which
would exceed the
following maximum
allowable increases over
the baseline
concentration and to
assure that such
emissions would not
cause or contribute to
concentrations which
exceed the otherwise
applicable maximum
allowable increases for
periods of more than 18
days, not necessarily
consecutive, during any
annual period.
Maximum Allowable Increase
(Micrograms per cubic meter)
Terrain
Areas
Period of
Exposure
Low
High
24-hr maximum
36
62
3-hr maximum
130
221
Authority: T.C.A. Section 68-25-105. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 4, 1974. Amended effective February 9,1977. Amended April 12,
1978. Amended June 16, 1978. Amended March 21, 1979. Amended June 21, 1979.
Amended November 16, 1979. Revised effective July 31, 1981. Amended effective
October 1, 1981. Amended effective January 22, 1982. Amended effective March
16—77— 43
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
2, 1983.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: II7TJLY 25, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—77— 44
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-9- .02 -- OPERATING PERMITS
Nctte $ ç $ J 0O-3-9- .. 02(2) - (3) bot 4ctted O by rp
because they are not part of the federally approved regulations
for the Ztate. (54 FR 25456, June 15, 1989J..
(4) The operating permit shall only be issued on evidence satisfactory to
the Technical Secretary that the operation of said air contaminant
source is in compliance with any standards or rules and regulations
promulgated by the Board and that the operation of said air contaminant
source will not interfere with the attainment or maintenance of any air
quality standard. Such evidence may include a requirement that the
applicant conduct such tests as are necessary in the opinion of the
Technical Secretary to determine the kind and/or amount of air
contaminants emitted from the source. Standard operating permits shall
be valid for a period of one (1) year or for such time as deemed
appropriate by the Technical Secretary. A permit issued for less than
one year shall be designated as a temporary permit.
(5) Any person in possession of an operating permit shall maintain said
operating permit readily available for inspection by the Technical
Secretary or his designated representative on the operating premises.
Zote: The last sentence of tb s paragraph, l20 —3-9- 02(51, and
paragraphs I20O .3 9- . 02(6) (10) were not acted on by EPA, a nd are not
p f.t.& this $12, tb y te n par4t o the tedarally Approved
zegulations for the State (54 25456, June 15 1989J.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977. Amended effective
March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: IJULY 25, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Regieter Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—77— 45
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-9- .03 -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
(1) Irrespective of the provisions of the preceding paragraphs of this
Chapter, the owner or operator of any air contaminant source shall be
responsible for complying with emission regulations as contained in
Chapters 1200-3-5, -6, -7, -8, -11, -14, —15, and —16 of these
regulations at the earliest practicable time and for this purpose the
Board shall have the authority and responsibility to require compliance
with these regulations at an earlier date than indicated where such
earlier compliance may reasonably be accomplished.
(2) No person shall use any plan, activity, device or contrivance which the
Technical Secretary determines will, without resulting in an actual
reduction of air contaminants, conceal or appear to minimize the effects
of an emission which would otherwise constitute a violation of these
Regulations.
ê iQn OO —9-.Q ( ), tb sC et c , ‘4s nO Actted
PA because it is no p r ot the fe eral1y approved regulations for tlze
State. (54 FR 25456. June 15, 1989).
(3) No person shall discharge from any source whatsoever such quantities of
air contaminant, uncombined water, or other materials which cause or
have a tendency to cause a traffic hazard or an interference with normal
means of public transportation.
(4) Any person affected by any of these regulations shall file emissions
data with the Technical Secretary on forms available from the Secretary.
If any changes are made that invalidate this data, the owner or operator
shall file within thirty (30) days new forms with the appropriate
revisions to the data.
(5) Any source operating under a variance or Board Order (whether effective
under T.C.A. Section 53-3414 or 53-3415) shall prominently and
conspicuously display a copy of said variance or Board Order on the
operating premises.
Nobe ’ Section 1200-3-9-. 02(E) was not acted on by EPA because i1 is nob
p r of the federally pp oved re ’ul 4ons for the State, (54 25456
June 15, 1989J.
(7) The Technical Secretary may suspend or revoke any construction or
operating permit or waiver if the permit (waiver) holder fails to comply
with the provisions, stipulations, or compliance schedules specified in
the permit (waiver); all provisions of these regulations; and all
provisions of the Tennessee Air Quality Act. Upon permit suspension or
revocation, if the permit holder fails to take remedial action, he shall
become immediately subject to enforcement actions prescribed by law.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977.
16-77- 46
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF ,3UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 25, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—77— 47
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-9- .04 -- EXEMPTIONS
(1) No person shall be required to obtain or file a request for a State
permit due to ownership, operation, construction, or modification of the
following air contaminant sources unless specifically required to do so
by the Board:
(a) Mobile sources such as: automobiles, trucks, buses, locomotives,
planes, boats and ships. This exemption does not apply to other
than the emissions from the internal combustion engines used
exclusively to propel such vehicles;
(b) Fuel burning equipment of less than 500,000 Btu per hour capacity.
This exemption shall not apply where the total capacity of such
equipment operated by one person exceeds 2.00 million Btu per
hour;
(c) A single stack of an air contaminant source that emits no gaseous
or hazardous air contaminants, and which does not have the
potential for emitting more than 0.500 pounds per hour of
non-hazardous particulates, provided that the total potential
particulate emissions from the air contaminant source amounts to
less than two (2) pounds per hour. This exemption does not apply
to incinerators;
(d) Equipment used on farms for soil preparation, tending or
harvesting of crops, or for preparation of feed to be used on the
farm where prepared;
Ce) Operations exempted under Chapter 1200-3-4 (Open Burning) of these
Regulations.
(f) Sources within the counties of Shelby, Davidson, Hamilton and Knox
until such time as the Board shall determine that air pollution is
not being controlled in such county to such a degree at least as
stringent as the substantive provisions of the Tennessee Air
Quality Act and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. This
exemption does not apply to any air contaminant source in those
counties if the local regulation or ordinance is less stringent
than the applicable state regulation.
(g) Retail gasoline and diesel fuel handling facilities;
(h) Diesel fuel and fuel oil storage tanks with a capacity of forty
thousand (40,000) gallons or less.
(i) Gasoline storage tanks with a capacity of ten thousand (10,000)
gallons or less.
(2) Notwithstanding the exemptions granted in paragraph 1 above, no person
shall discharge, from any source whatsoever, such quantities of air
contaminants or other materials which cause or have a tendency to cause
injury, detriment, annoyance, or adverse effect to the public.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977.
16—77— 48
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF 3UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: 3ULY 25, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—77— 49
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
s1200-3-9- .05 APPEAL OF PERMIT APPLICATION DENIALS AND PERMIT CONDITIONS
(].) In any case where the Technical Secretary or the Department denies a
permit application, this denial is appealable to the Board if a petition
of appeal is received by the Technical Secretary within thirty (30) days
of receipt of the denial letter by the owner or operator.
(2) The letter of denial of the application shall include the basis for
denial and notify the party of their right to appeal and of the right to
legal counsel.
(3) The reasons the petitioner feels the permit should have been granted
must be filed as part of the petition. Additionally a party may request
prehearing discovery, as provided in TCA, Sections 4-516-517, by filing
and detailing the request with the petition.
(4) Within thirty (30) days a receipt of the petition for appeal of a permit
denial, the Technical Secretary shall notify the petitioner of the time
and place for the hearing.
(5) In any case where a condition is placed on a permit, the imposition of
that permit condition may be appealed by filing with the Technical
Secretary within thirty (30) days after the mailing date of the permit a
petition for reconsideration of permit conditions. The Technical
Secretary shall schedule an administrative hearing to be held within
forty-five days of receipt of the petition to be conducted in the same
manner as hearings under 53-3414(H) with the resulting determination or
order being appealable in the same manner. The petition for
reconsideration of permit conditions shall specify which conditions and
portions of conditions are objected to and specifying in detail the
objections.
(6) All applicable provisions of Chapter 1200-3-17 on contested cases shall
apply to the hearing before the Board on such appeals.
(7) The denial of a permit application by the Technical Secretary stands,
unless the majority of a quorum of the Board votes to overturn the
denial after the hearing.
(8) A permit condition specified by the Technical Secretary after the
hearing provided for in paragraph (5) stands unless on appeal the Board
votes to modify or delete the condition by a majority of a quorum of the
Board.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified November 16, 1979
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: JULY 25, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—77— 50
-------
16—78
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-78 PROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS
For the purpose of enforcement of the process emission standards, Chapter
1200-3-7 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations is hereby adopted
as a portion of this code by reference. Such regulations and all such
deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently be made shall become a
part of this Code of Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if set out
in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2921, 1(8), 10-9-79; Code 1967,
5 3-20)
16—78— 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-7
PROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS
S1200-3-7- .01. GENERAL PROCESS PARTICULATE EMISSION STANDARDS
(1) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit particulate emissions in
excess of the standards in this Chapter.
(2) In any county where one or more sources are emitting particulates at
rates in conformity with applicable maximum allowable emission rates and
the ambient air quality standard for particulate matter is being
exceeded, the Board shall be responsible for setting an appropriate
emission standard for each source contributing to the particulate matter
in the ambient air of the county, at such value as the Board may
consider necessary to achieve the desired air quality. The Tennessee
Air Pollution Control Board has found that the ambient air quality
standards for particulate matter are being violated in portions of those
counties identified in Chapter 1200-3-19 of these regulations. The
Board has set emission standards for existing sources located in these
areas that are in addition to the standards contained in this Chapter or
any less stringent local regulations. kpplicable standards for process
emission sources located in or significantly impacting the nonattainment
areas are to be found in Chapter 1200-3-19 of these regulations.
(3) The owner or operator of an existing process emission source proposing
to make a modification of this source or to rebuild or to replace it
shall only take such action if it will result in the source meeting the
maximum allowable particulate emission standard for a new process
emission source.
(4) Limiting the Effect of the Definition of Modification. For the purpose
of determining the applicable particulate matter emission standards in
this chapter, a change in fuel from natural gas, propane, butane and/or
fuel oil to any of these herein named fuels required alterations to
existing fuel burning equipment to accommodate these fuels, shall not be
considered a modification.
(5) Upon mutual agreement of the owner or operator of any air contaminant
source and the Technical Secretary, an emission limit more restrictive
than that otherwise specified in this Chapter may be established. This
emission limit shall be stated as a special condition for any permit or
order issued concerning the source. Violation of this agreed to, more
stringent emission standard is grounds for revocation of the issued
permit and/or other enforcement measures provided for in the Tennessee
Air Quality Act.
Authority: T.C.J&. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective June 16, 1978. Amended effective
March 2, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF 3UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE:JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-78— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7- .02 CHOICE OF PARTICULATE EMISSION STANDARDS-EXISTING PROCESS
(1) For any process emission source operating within the State of Tennessee,
which was in operation or under construction prior to August 9, 1969,
the allowable emission standard shall be obtained from either the
diffusion equations presented in 1200-3-7-.02(3) below or the process
weight table presented in 1200-3-7-.02(4) below. The owner or operator
of such a process emission source shall make known, in writing, to the
Technical Secretary by July 1, 1972, his choice of emission standard.
If no choice is so indicated, the Technical Secretary shall designate
the. emission standard of 1200-3-7-.02(4) below as the applicable
standard. The emission standard chosen, either by the owner or operator
or by the Technical Secretary, must be attained on or before August 9,
1973.
(2) For any process emission source operating within the State of Tennessee,
construction of which began on or after August 9, 1969, and before the
effective date of these regulations, the allowable emission standard
shall be the diffusion equations presented in 1200-3-7-.02(3) below
This standard must have been attained at the time such process emission
source first commences operation. The owner or operator of such al
source shall make known in writing to the Technical Secretary by July 1,
1972, whether he wishes to continue under the diffusion equations
standard or the switch to the process weight table standard presented in
1200-3-7-.02(4). If no choice is so indicated, the Technical Secretary
shall designate the emission standard of 1200-3-7-.02(4) below as the
applicable standard. If the process weight table standard is chosen by
such owner or operator or by the Technical Secretary, then such owner or
operator shall have until August 9, 1973 to convert fully to the process
weight table standard. It is expressly stipulated that in the interim
period such a process emission source shall continue to observe the
diffusion equations standard originally applicable.
(3) For those owners or operators of process emission sources who elect to
have their process emission regulated by diffusion equations, the
maximum allowable particulate emissions from such sources shall be
determined by the procedures defined in (a), (b) and (c) below.
(a) Stack gas exit temperature less than 100°F (See Note)
Q = 3.02 x l0— 4 V 9 h 3 2 (d 9 )° 7 ’
h
(b) Stack gas exit temperature of 125°F or greater (see note)
1. Stacks less than 500 feet in height
Q = 0.2h (QT X 0.02 X (TB 60 ))° 25
2. Stacks 500 feet in height and greater
Q = 0.3hB(QT x 0.02 x (TB—’°))° 25
(c) 1. For stack gas exit temperatures from 100°F to 124°F
calculate allowable emissions as in (a) and either (b) 1.,
or (b) 2., depending upon stack height (using T 0 of 125°F)
and make linear interpolation based upon actual stack gas
16-78— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
exit temperature.
2. The terms of the preceding equation shall have the following
meaning and units:
(i) d 0 - inside diameter or equivalent diameter of stack
tip in feet
(ii) h 8 - stack height in feet (Vertical distance above
grade directly below tip of stack) equal to the
weight in existence or approved pursuant to
(State) review as of January 3, 1972 except as
follows:
(I) In cases where the actual height is less than
that stated above, the actual height shall be
used.
(II) In cases where the actual height is greater than
that stated above, and the stack height increase
was constructed (grading and pouring of concrete
was done) prior to February 8, 1974, the actual
height shall be used up to two and one half
times the height of the facility it serves.
(iii) Q - maximum allowable emission rate n pounds per
hour
(iv) QT - volu me rate of stack gas flow in cubic feet per
second calculated to 60°F.
(v) T 8 - temperature of stack gases at stack tip in °F
(vi) V - velocity of stack gases at stack tip in feet per
second.
(vii) NOTE: In determining applicability of equations in
this paragraph based upon the exit gas
temperature, the actual exit gas temperature
must equal or exceed the stated temperature
during ninety (90) percent or more of the
operating time.
(4) For those owners or operators of process emission sources who elect to
have their process emissions regulated by the Process Weight Table, the
maximum allowable particulate emission source shall be determined by
Table 1.
(5) Whichever standard is chosen, all sources at the same facility must be
regulated by that standard.
(6) The owner or operator of a facility having elected to be regulated under
the diffusion equations in paragraph (3) of this rule may apply to the
Technical Secretary for having said facilities regulated under the
process weight table specified in paragraph k(4) of this rule. Once
said application is approved the facility cannot return to being
regulated by the diffusion equations.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended April 12, 1978.
16—78— 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78- 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7- .03 NEW PROCESSES
(1) The allowable emission level of particulate matter from any process
emission source beginning operation on or after April 3, 1972, shall be
determined by Table 2.
Nat;e Se ti ,n 1200-3-7-,03(2), wa.s not ai ted on y EPA because it is
not part of the federally approved regulations for the t;ate (54 PJ
S4 6 J .rn. l5, 2 9J.
(3) Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in this Chapter
a new or modified process emission source locating in or significantly
impacting upon a nonattainment area shall comply with the provisions of
rule 1200-3-9-.Ol (5) prior to receiving a construction permit.
(4) Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in this Chapter,
all sources identified in rule 1200-3-9- .01-4 of these regulations shall
comply with the standards set pursuant to rule 1200-3-9.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977. Amended
effective March 21, 1979. Amended effective June 21, 1979.
[ FEDERAL APPROVAL STATUS FOLLOWS TABLES.]
16-78— 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
TABLE I
EXISTING PROCESS EMISSION SOURCES
ALLOWABLE RATE OF EMISSION BASED ON
PROCESS WEIGHT RATEa
Process Weight Rate of Process Weight Rate of
Rate Emission Rate Emission
Lb/Hr Tons/Hr Lb/Hr Lb/Hr Tons/Hr Lb/hr
100 0.05 0.551 16,000 8.00 16.5
200 0.10 0.877 18,000 9.00 17.9
400 0.20 1.40 20,000 10.00 19.2
600 0.30 1.83 30,000 15. 25.2
800 0.40 2.22 40,000 20. 30.5
1,000 0.50 2.58 50,000 25. 35.4
1,500 0.75 3.38 60,000 30. 40.0
2,000 1.00 4.10 70,000 35. 41.3
2,500 1.25 4.76 80,000 40. 42.5
3,000 1.50 5.38 90,000 45. 43.6
3,500 1.75 5.96 100,000 50. 44.6
4,000 2.00 6.52 120,000 60. 46.3
5,000 2.50 7.58 140,000 70. 47.8
6,000 3.00 8.56 160,000 80. 49.0
7,000 3.50 9.49 200,000 100. 51.2
8,000 4.00 10.4 1,000,000 500. 69.0
9,000 4.50 11.2 2,000,000 1,000. 77.6
10,000 5.00 12.0 6,000,000 3,000. 92.7
12,000 6.00 13.6
a Interpolation of the data in this table for process weight rates up to 6,000
lb/hr shall be accomplished by using the equation E = 4.10 pD6 and
interpolation and extrapolation of the data for process weight rates in excess
of 60,000 lb/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation:
E = 55.OP° h1 40, where E rate of emission in lb/hr
and P = process weight rate in tons/hr
16—78— 7
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
TABLE 2
NEW PROCESS EMISSION SOURCES
ALLOWABLE RATE OF EMISSION BASED ON
PROCESS WEIGHT RATEA
Process
Rate
Lb/Hr
Weight
Tons/Hr
Rate of
Emission
Lb/Hr
Process
Rate
Lb/Hr
Weight
Tons/Hr
Rate of
Emission
Lb/Hr
50
0.025
0.36
16,000
8.00
13.0
100
0.05
0.55
18,000
9.00
14.0
200
0.10
0.86
20,000
10.
15.0
400
0.20
1.32
600
0.30
1.70
30,000
15.
19.2
800
0.40
2.03
40,000
20.
23.0
1,000
0.50
2.34
50,000
25.
26.4
1,500
0.75
3.00
60,000
30.
29.6
2,000
1.00
3.59
70,000
35.
30.6
2,500
1.25
4.12
80,000
40.
31.2
3,000
1.50
4.62
90,000
45.
31.8
3,500
1.75
5.08
100,000
50.
32.4
4,000
2.00
5.52
120,000
60.
33.3
5,000
2.50
6.34
140,000
70.
34.2
6,000
3.00
7.09
160,000
80.
34.9
7,000
3.50
7.81
200,000
100.
36.1
8,000
4.00
8.5
1,000,000
500.
46.7
9,000
4.50
9.].
10,000
5.00
9.7
12,000
6.00
10.9
a Interpolation of the data in Table 2 for the process weight rates up to
60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation:
E = 3.59 p0.62 P < 30 tons/hr
and interpolation and extrapolation of the data for process weight rates in
excess of 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation:
E = 17.31 p 0 16 p > 30 tons/hr
Where: E = Emissions in pounds per hour
P = Process weight rate in tons per hour
16—78- 8
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: t3LY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-78- 9
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7-.04 LIMITING ALLOWABLE EMISSIONS
(1) Irrespective of the maximum allowable emission as determined by any of
the preceding equations or Process Weight Tables in this Chapter, the
concentration of particulate process emissions shall not be required to
be less than 0.02 grain per cubic foot of stack gases corrected to 70°F
and 3. atmosphere unless a lesser concentration is found by the Board to
be necessary.
(2) Irrespective of the maximum allowable emission as determined by any of
the preceding equations or Process Weight Tables in this Chapter, the
maximum allowable concentration of particulate process emissions shall
be 0.25 grains per cubic foot of stack gases corrected to 70°F and 1
atmosphere. This shall be achieved by all air contaminant sources on or
before August 9, 1973. Air contaminant sources constructed after August
9, 1969, shall meet the above emission standard when they commence
operation.
Wote; Se ion 12OO4+3 7 ,I 4(2 the l&st sentence, was not acted on by
EPA because it is not part of the federally approved regulations Lor the
State. (54 FR 254 4, Jzine 15, l$891 .
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF 7UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78— 10
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7- .05 SPECIFIC PROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS
The emission limits set forth in Rules 1200-3-7-.02, .03, and .04 will apply
unless a specific process emission standard for a specifically designated type
of process emission source is contained in a subsequent rule of this chapter.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78— 11
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7- .06 STANDARDS OF PERPORNANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES
The Board shall from time to time, after public hearing, designate additional
standard(s) of performance for new stationary sources as promulgated by the
Environmental Protection Agency and published in the Federal Register.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19,1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78— 12
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-7- .07 GENERAL PROVISIONS AND APPLICABILITY FOR PROCESS GASEOUS
EMISSION STANDABDS.
(1) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit gaseous emissions in
excess of the standards in this Chapter.
No te; Section 1200-3-7-.07(2j-(5J, were vat acted on by EPA because
they are vat part at the fedderally approved regulations for the State 4
(54 FR 2545$, qw2* $, 298fl,
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective January 22, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-78- 13
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7- .08 SPECIFIC PROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS
(1) Existing Ferrous Jobbing Cupolas.
No later than August 9, 1973, the maximum particulate emission rate from
existing ferrous jobbing cupolas shall be as given in Table 3.
TABLE 3
ALLOWABLE RATE OF PARTICULATE EMISSION BASED
ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE
EXISTING FERROUS JOBBING CUPOLAS
Process Weight Maximum Weight
(lb/hr) Discharge
(lb/hr)
1,000 3.05
2,000 4.70
3,000 6.35
4,000 8.00
5,000 9.58
6,000 11.30
7,000 12.90
8,000 14.30
9,000 15.50
10,000 16.65
12,000 18.70
16,000 21.60
18,000 23.40
20,000 25.10
The emission rate for a process weight intermediate to those shown in the
Table shall be determined by linear interpolation.
(2) Emissions From Nitric Acid Plants
(a) Existing Nitric Acid Plants
After July 1, 1975, no person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit the
emission into the air on nitrogen oxide from any nitric acid plant under
construction or n operation prior to April 3, 1972, which are:
1. in excess of 5.5 lbs. per ton of acid produced, maximum 2
hour average, expressed as NO 2 ; or
2. 400 ppm (0.04% by volume dry basis) of nitrogen oxides,
measured as NO 2 , whichever is the more restrictive.
(3) (Repealed).
(4) New and existing Kraft Mills
The owner or operator of a kraft mill on which construction begins after
January 1, 1973, shall meet the standards listed in subparagraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this paragraph at the time the operation of such mill
commences. After August 9, 1973, no person shall cause, suffer, allow
or permit particulate emissions from a kraft mill under construction or
operation prior to the effective date of these regulations in excess of
16—78- 14
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
the standard chosen in Rules 1200-3-7-.02(l) or 1200-3- 7-.02 (2)
provided, however, that after July 1, 1977, said emissions are as
follows:
(a) Particulate matter from all recovery stacks shall not exceed three
pounds per ton of equivalent air-dried kraft pulp.
(b) Particulate matter from all lime kilns shall not exceed one pound
per ton of equivalent air dried kraft pulp.
(c) Particulate matter from all smelt tanks shall not exceed
one-half pound per ton of equivalent air dried draft pulp.
(5) Existing Asphalt Plants.
After August 9, 1973, no person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit the
discharge of particulate emissions from any asphalt plant under
construction or in operation prior to April 3, 1972, in excess of the
standard selected in accordance with the provisions of Rule
1200-3-7-.02(1) or 1200-3-7-.02(2). It is expressly provided that no
later than July 1, 1975, these emissions shall not be in excess of the
standards set forth in Table I of Chapter 1200-3-7, entitled “Existing
Process Emission Sources: Allowable Rate of Emission Based on Process
Weight Rate.” It is further stipulated that after that date, the rate
of emission for existing asphalt plants with a process weight rate in
excess of 200,000 pounds (100 tons) per hour shall not exceed 51.2
pounds per hour.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective June 16, 1974. Amended Septerther
22, 1980.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUN 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78— 15
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Note: Sect.f on 1200-3-7- .09, was not acted on by EPA because it Is not
pert o tha f dra11 ’ approved regul4t 4 ions for tha Stata ($4 PR 2$4 E,
7une . 15, 1989).
S1200-3-7- .10 GRAIN LOADING LIMIT FOR CERTAIN EXISTING SOURCES
(1) A certificate of validation shall be issued by the Technical Secretary
to air contaminant sources meeting the conditions of Paragraphs (2) and
(3) below. The applicable standard for a source with a certificate of
validation is 1.0 grains per dry standard cubic foot of stack gases
corrected to 70°F and 1 atmosphere in lieu of Rule 1200-3-7-.04-(2).
(2) The owner or operator of the air contaminant source must demonstrate to
the satisfaction of the Technical Secretary that the following
conditions exist:
(a) The air contaminant source was commenced before April 3, 1972; and
no modification has been made to the source since that date.
(b) The air contaminant source meets all applicable emission standards
outside or Paragraph 1200-3-7-.04-(2). Demonstration of this
compliance with other regulations will require as a minimum an
acceptable stack test report for particulate matter mass emissions
(lbs/hr.) and verification of meeting the requirements of Chapter
1200—3—5.
(c) The particulate matter ambient air quality standards are being met
in the vicinity of the air contaminant source, and no
deterioration in air quality will result from the granting of a
certificate of validation. The Technical Secretary may require
this achievement of air quality to be demonstrated.
(d) A fee of $500 has been paid to the Department of Public Health to
cover the cost of review of the request for the certificate of
validation.
(e) The owner or operator shall submit an engineering report
demonstrating that the investment cost of attaining 0.25 grains
per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf) will exceed $50,000 per
pound of particulate matter emissions prevented from entering the
atmosphere per hour; or demonstrate attairurient of 0.25 gr/dscf is
technically unfeasible. The investment cost per pound hour shall
be calculated by the following formula.
Investment Cost = Capitol Cost
lbs/hr (Present Grain Loading - .25) (SCFH)
DCSF DSCF 7000
Where:
DSCHFH = dry standard cubic ft. per hour
capitol cost = expenditures covering the procurement and
erection of air pollution control or
necessary process modifications.
16—78— 16
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(f) The particulate matter emissions emitted from the process
emission source do not exceed 100 lbs/hr.
(3) The owner or operation of the air contaminant source must, in addition:
(a) Post on the operating premises the certificate of validation.
(b) Keep the air pollution control equipment in good operating
condition and utilize said equipment at all times.
(4) Upon receipt of information by the Technical Secretary that any of the
requirements of Paragraph 2 have been violated and any requirement of
Paragraph 3 has been violated three times in any two year period, the
Technical Secretary shall call an administrative hearing pursuant to
T.C.A. 53-3414(H) to inquire into the alleged violations. After hearing
sufficient proof and making findings of fact, the Technical Secretary
shall revoke the certificate of validation previously granted to the
offending air contaminant source. After the certificate of validation
has been revoked, the offending source shall comply with Rule
1200-3-7-.04(2) as expeditiously as possible in a compliance schedule
contained in an administrative order.
(5) After granting of a construction permit for the modification of an air
contaminant source for which a certificate of validation has been
issued, the certificate of validation shall become void on the date of
expiration of the construction permit and Rule 1200-3-7-.04(2) shall
apply.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule
effective March 21. 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78— 17
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-7- .11 CARBON MONOXIDE, ELECTRIC ARC FURNACES
Electric arc furnaces used in producing iron or steel and located in Knox
County shall emit no more than 18.0 pounds of carbon monoxide per ton of metal
produced, one hour average.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule
effective October 25, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-78— 18
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
1200-3-7- .12 CARBON MONOXIDE, CATALYTIC CRACKING UNITS
After July 1, 1980, all catalytic cracking units at petroleum refineries
located in Shelby County must not discharge to the atmosphere carbon monoxide
in excess of 0.050 per cent by volume.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule
effective January 22, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—78— 19
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
SECTION 16-79 NONPROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS
For the purpose ’of enforcement of the nonprocess emission standards, Chapter
1200-3-6 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations is hereby adopted
as a portion of this Code by reference. Such regulations and all such
additions, deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently be made shall
become a part of this Code of Ordinances and have the same effect as if set
out in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, S 1. 4-25- 72; Ord. No. 2921, 5 1(9), 10-9-79; Code 1967,
5 3-21)
16-79- 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-6
NON-PROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS
51200-3-6- .01 GENERAL NON-PROCESS EMISSIONS
(1) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit emissions in excess of
the standards in this Chapter.
(2) In any county where one or more sources are emitting particulates at
rates in conformity with applicable maximum allowable emission rates and
the ambient air quality standard for particulate matter is being
exceeded, the Board shall be responsible for setting an appropriate
emission standard for each source contributing to the particulate matter
in the ambient air of the county, at such value as the Board may
consider necessary to achieve the desired air quality.
The Tennessee Air Pollution Control Board has found that the ambient air
quality standards for particulate matter are being violated in portions
of those counties identified in Chapter 1200-3-19 of these regulations.
The Board has set emission standards for certain existing sources
located in these areas that are in addition to the standards in this
Chapter or any less stringent local emission standards. Applicable
non-process emission standards for sources located in or significantly
impacting the non-attainment areas are to be found in Chapter 1200-3-19
of these regulations.
(3) The owner or operator of an existing fuel burning installation proposing
to make a modification of this source or to rebuild or replace it shall
only take such action if it will result in the source meeting the
maximum allowable emission standards for a new fuel burning
installation.
(4) As used in this Chapter, existing installations or equipment shall mean
such as were under construction or in operation prior to April 3, 1972.
(5) For the purpose of determining the applicable emission standards in this
chapter, a change in fuel from natural gas, propane, butane and/or fuel
oil to any of these herein named fuels and any required alterations to
existing fuel burning equipment to accommodate these fuels shall not be
considered a modification. This shall not apply to sources identified
in rule l200-3-9-.01-(4). However, the allowable emissions for the
source will not change unless Best Available Control Technology is
required.
(6) Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in this Chapter
a new or modified non-process source locating in or significantly
impacting upon a nonattainment area shall comply with the provisions of
rule 1200-3-9-.Ol (5) prior to receiving a construction permit.
(7) Upon mutual agreement of the owner or operator of any air contaminant
source and the Technical Secretary, an emission limit more restrictive
than that otherwise specified in this Chapter may be established. The
emission limit shall be stated as a special condition for any permit or
order issued concerning the source. Violation of this agreed to, more
stringent emission standard is grounds for revocation of the issued
permit and/or other enforcement measures provided for in the Tennessee
Air Quality Act.
16-79- 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(8) Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in this chapter,
all non-process sources identified in rule 1200-3-9-.01-(4) of these
regulations shall comply with the standards set pursuant to rule
1200—3—9.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective date February 9, 1978. Amended
June 16, 1978. Amended effective March 21, 1979. Amended June 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—79— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-6- .02 NON-PROCESS PARTICULATE EMISSION STANDARDS
E = 0.600
E = 0.600 10/Q 0 5566
E = 0.100
where, E and Q are as
(b) Where only part of the fuel burning equipment in a fuel burning
installation is constructed or modified on or after April 3, 1972, the
maximum allowable particulate emissions is determined by the following
equation:
Et = Qx X Ex + Qy X Ey
Where,
Et = Allowable particulate emission in lb/hr,
Qx = total heat input for existing equipment in million Btu/hr,
Ex = allowable emissions for installation of size Qx as determined by
paragraph (1) above in lb per million Btu,
Qy = total heat input for new equipment in million Btu/hr.
Ey = allowable emissions for installation of size Qy as determined by
subparagraph (a) above in lb. per million Btu.
10/Q 0 2594
(1) Existing Fuel Burning Equipment
The maximum hour allowable particulate emissions for a fuel burning
installation commenced before April 3, 1972, shall be determined from
the following equations:
E = 0.600 for Q 10.0 X 106 Btu/hr
E = 0.600 for 10.0 X 106 Btu/hr Q 10.0 X l0 Btu/hr
E = 0.100 for Q 10.0 X 10 Btu/hr, where
E = allowable particulate emissions in lb. per million Btu.
Q = total installation heat input in million Btu per hour.
(2) New Fuel Burning Equipment
(a) The maximum allowable particulate emissions for a fuel burning
installation commenced on or after April 3, 1972, shall be
determined from the equation:
for Q 10.0 x 106 Btu/hr
for 10.0 X 106 Btu/hr Q 250 X 106 Btu/hr
for Q 250 X 106 Btu/hr
defined,in paragraph (1) above.
16—79- 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(3) Incinerators
(a) The maximum allowable particulate emissions from incinerators is
0.200 per cent of the charging rate for incinerators with a 2000
pound per hour charging rate or less and 0.100 per cent of the
charging rate for incinerators with a charging rate greater than
2000 pounds per hour.
(b) Incinerators having 2.50 cubic feet of furnace volume or less
solely for the disposal of infective dressings and other similar
material shall not be required to meet the emission standards of
this chapter.
(4) Deleted. (Effective September 8, 1980).
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977. Amended
effective March 21, 1979. Amended effective September 8, 1980.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15,1989 LAST UPDATE: JULY
27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUL 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—79— 5
-------
Printed: February 29 1995
S1200-3-6- .03 GENERAL NON-PROCESS GASEOUS EMISSIONS.
(1) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit gaseous emissions in
excess of the standards in this Chapter.
(2) Any person constructing or otherwise establishing an air contaminant
source emitting gaseous air contaminants after April 3, 1972, shall
install and utilize the best equipment and technology currently
available for controlling such gaseous emission.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended June 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Data Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—79— 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Sl200-3-6- .04 (DELETED) Effective June 29, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE:JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Ragigter Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—79- 7
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-6- .05 WOOD FIRED FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT
(I) Any wood fired fuel burning equipment commenced before March 1, 1978,
must comply with the following emission standards shown below:
(a) 0.330 grains of particulate matter per standard dry cubic foot of
exhaust gases, corrected to 12% carbon dioxide for fuel burning
equipment up to and including 50 million Btu per hour heat input.
(b) 0.300 grains of particulate matter per standard dry cubic foot of
exhaust gases, corrected to 12% carbon dioxide for fuel burning
equipment of 100 million Btu per hour heat input or in excess
thereof.
(C) The allowable emissions for wood-fired fuel burning equipment
between 50 million and 100 million Btu per hour heat input is that
determined by linear interpolation between the values in
subparagraphs (a) and (b).
(d) 0.56 grains of particulate matter per dry standard cubic foot of
exhaust gases, corrected to 12% carbon dioxide for fuel burning
equipment up to and including 50 million Btu per hour heat input
for counties identified in paragraph (8) (d) of this rule. (ADDED
JUNE 13, 1979.]
(e) The a1lowab1e for wood fired fuel burning equipment between 50
million and 100 million Btu per hour heat input is that determined
by linear interpolation between the values in subparagraphs (d)
and (b) for counties identified in paragraph (8) (d) of this rule.
(2) Any wood fired fuel burning equipment commenced on or after March 1,
1978, must comply with the emission standaz ds shown below:
(a) 0.330 grains of particulate matter per standard dry cubic foot of
exhaust gases, corrected to 12% carbon dioxide for fuel burning
equipment up to, and including 25 million Btu per hour heat input.
(b) 0.200 grains of particulate matter per standard dry cubic foot of
exhaust gases, corrected to 12% carbon dioxide for fuel burning
equipment of 100 million Btu per hour heat input or n excess
thereof.
(c) The allowable emissions for wood-fired fuel burning equipment
between 25 million and 100 million Btu per hour heat input is that
determined by linear interpolation between the value in
subparagraphs (a) and (b).
(3) Wood as used in this rule means:
(a) Bark.
(b) Sawdust or other woody plant tissues (lignified xylem)
mechanically reduced in size, but not chemically changed.
(c) Any combination of the materials in (a) and (b).
(4) Any fuel burning installation with wood fired fuel burning equipment
such that said wood fired fuel burning equipment has 100 million Btu
heat input per hour or in excess thereof, shall install, calibrate,
16-79— 8
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
maintain and operate a photoelectric or any other type opacity monitor
and recorder that has been approved by the Technical Secretary and is of
the type referred to in rule 1200-3-5- .05. This paragraph does not
apply where the moisture content of the exhaust is so high that
condensation occurs in the stack.
(5) This rule only applies to that fuel burning equipment designed to burn
wood and when the burning of wood provides at least 30% of the heat
input of the unit. At other times the unit will revert to being
regulated by Rule 1200-3-6-.02. This rule 1200-3-6-.05 does not apply
to units burning coal or liquid fuels other than fuel oils.
(6) Where fuel burning equipment units in the same fuel burning installation
are subject to this rule and are regulated by two different grain
loading limits, an average weighted directly on the flow rates will
determine the allowable emission limit.
(7) When a wood fired fuel burning equipment is on a common stack with other
air contaminant sources, then the wood fired units shall be considered
independent of the other air contaminant sources.
(8) The applicability of this rule shall be as follows:
(a) Paragraph (2) of this rule shall apply to all wood fired fuel
burning equipment commenced on or after March 1, 1978 except for
those units in Davidson, Hamilton, Knox, and Shelby counties.
(b) Para graph (1) subparts (a) and (c) shall apply to all wood fired
fuel burning equipment commenced before March 1, 1978 in Madison,
Bedford, Hamblen and Coffee counties.
(c) Paragraph (1) subpart (b) shall apply to wood fired fuel burning
equipment commenced before March 1, 1978 except for units in
Davidson, Hamilton, Knox, and Shelby counties.
(d) Paragraphs (1) (d) and (e) shall apply to all wood fired fuel
burning equipment commenced before March 1, 1978 in Bradley,
Claiborne, Cocke, Cumberland, Dickson, Fentress, Franklin, Gibson,
Giles, Grainer, Greene, Henry, Jefferson, Lawrence, Loudon, Macon,
Marion, Marshall, McMinn, Montgomery, Polk, Putnam, Rhea,
Rutherford, Scott, Sevier, Sumner, Warren, Wayne, Weakley, White,
Williamson, and Wilson.
(9) Except as mentioned in paragraph (8) of this rule, all existing
wood-fired fuel burning equipment of 50 million Btu per hour heat input
or less shall be regulated by Rule 1200-3-6-.02.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Effective June 16, 1978.
Amended effective March 21, 1979. Amended June 21, 1979. Amended June 29,
1979. Amended December 6, 1979
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—79— 9
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-80 Volatile Organic Compounds
For the purpose of enforcement of the volatile organic compounds, Chapter
1200-3-18 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations is hereby adopted
as a portion of this Code by reference. Such regulation and all such
additions, deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently be made shall
become a part of this Code of Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if
set out in full herein.
Ord. No. 1265, 5 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2921, 5 1 (10), 10-9-79; Code 1967, 5
3-22)
16—80— 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-18
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
S1200-3-18- .01 PURPOSE
(1) It is the purpose of this Chapter to establish emission standards for
new and existing sources of volatile organic compounds located within
the State of Tennessee. The emission standards established within this
Chapter will apply to different sources depending upon the potential
emissions and the location of the source in an urban or rural county.
(2) Upon mutual agreement of any air contaminant source and the Technical
Secretary, an emission limit more restrictive than that otherwise
specified in this Chapter may be established. Also, upon mutual
agreement of any air contaminant source and the Technical Secretary,
operating hours, process flow rates, or any other operating parameter
may be established as a binding limit which the source must adhere to.
Any items mutually agreed to shall be stated as a special condition for
any permit or order concerning the source. Violation of this mutual
agreement shall result in revocation of the issued permit.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended effective December 14, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Data Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1989 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18—.02 DEFINITIONS
(1) Unless specifically defined in this Chapter, the definitions from
1200—3—2 will apply:
(a) “Urban county” refers to the counties of Davidson, Hamilton, and
Shelby.
(b) “Rural county” refers to any county not previously classified as
an urban county.
(c) “Approved” means approved by the Technical Secretary, Tennessee
Air Pollution Control Board.
(d) “Capture system” means the equipment (including hoods, ducts,
fans, etc.) used to contain, capture, or transport a pollutant to
a control device.
(e) “Coating applicator” means an apparatus used to apply a surface
coating.
(f) “Coating line” means one or more apparatus or operations which
include a coating applicator, flash-off area, and oven wherein a
surface coating is applied, dried, and/or cured.
(g) “Conaenced” means that an owner or operator has undertaken a
continuous program of construction or modification or that an
owner or operator has entered into a contractual obligation to
undertake and complete, within a reasonable time a continuous
program of construction or modification.
(h) “Construction” means commencement of on site fabrication,
erection, or installation of a new or modified source or facility.
(i) “Control device” means any method, process, or equipment which
removes or reduces VOC emissions to the ambient air.
(j) “Continuous vapor control system” means a vapor control system
that treats vapors displaced from tanks during filling on a demand
basis without intermediate accumulation.
(k) “Day” means a 24-hour period beginning at midnight.
(1) “anission” means the release or discharge, whether directly or
indirectly, of VOC’s into the ambient air from any source.
(n) “Existing source” is any process(es) in existence or having a
state or local agency’s construction permit prior to the
“Original rule certified date” for the specified paragraph.
(n) “Facility” means any building, structure, installation, activity,
or combination thereof which contains one or more stationary
source of air contaminants.
(o) “Flashoff area” means the space between the application area and
the oven.
16—80— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(p) “Incinerator” means a combustion apparatus designed for high
temperature operation in which solid, semisolid, liquid, or
gaseous combustible wastes are ignited and burned efficiently and
from which the solid and gaseous residues contain little or no
combustible material.
(q) “Intermittent vapor control system” means a vapor control system
that employs an intermediate vapor holder to accumulate vapors
displaced from tanks durittg filling. The control device treats
the accumulated vapors only during automatically controlled
cycles.
(r) “Knife coating” means the application of a coating material to a
substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that
spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate.
(s) “Loading rack” means an aggregation or combination of gasoline
loading equipment arranged so that all loading outlets in the
combination can be connected to a tank truck or trailer parked in
a specified loading space.
(t) “New source” is all other process (es) not defined in definition
Cm) as an existing source.
(u) “Organic material” means a chemical compound of carbon excluding
carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides
or carbonates, and an monium carbonate.
(v) “Oven” means a chamber within which heat is used to bake, cure,
polymerize, and/or dry a surface coating.
(w) “Owner or operator” means any person who owns, leases, controls,
operates or supervises a facility, existing source, new source, or
control device.
(x) “Petroleum liquid” means crude oil, condensate, and any finished
or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum
refinery.
(y) “Prime coat” means the first film of coating applied in a
multi-coat - operation.
(z) “Reid vapor pressure” means the absolute vapor pressure of
volatile crude oil and volatile petroleum liquids except liquefied
petroleum gases as determined by American Society for Testing and
Materials, Part 17, 1973, 0-323-72 (Reapproved 1977).
(aa) “Roll coating” means the application of a coating material to a
substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.
(bb) “Rotogravure coating” means the application of a. coating material
to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the
pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating
material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred
to the substance.
(cc) “Solvent” means organic materials which are liquid at standard
conditions and which are used as dissolvers, viscosity reducers,
or cleaning agents.
16—80— 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(dd) “Standard conditions” means a. temperature of 20°C (68°F)
and pressure of 760 millimeters of mercury (29.92 inches of
mercury).
(ee) “Topcoat” means the final film of coating applied in a
multiple coat operation.
(ff) “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial pressure
exerted by a petroleum liquid as determined in accordance with
methods described in xnerican Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
“Evaporation Loss from Floating Roof Tanks,” 1962.
(gg) “Vapor collection system” means a vapor transport system which
uses direct displacement by the liquid loaded to force vapors from
the tank into a vapor control system.
(hh) “Vapor control system” means a system approved by the Technical
Secretary that prevents release to the atmosphere of organic
compounds in the vapors displaced from a tank during the transfer
of gasoline. Approval by the Technical Secretary is based on the
system’s ability to reduce VOC vapors by at least 90% by weight.
(ii) “Volatile organic compound” (also denoted as VOC) means any
compound of carbon that has a vapor pressure greater than 0.1
millimeters of mercury at standard conditions excluding carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides or
carbonates, and ammonium carbonate. The following compounds will
not be considered volatile organic compounds: methane, ethane,
1, 1, 1-trichloroethane (methyl chloroform),
trichiorotrifluoroethane, trichiorofluoromethane,
diqhlorodifluoromethane , chiorodifluoromethane, trifluoromethane,
dichiorotetrafluoroethane, chioropentafluoroethane, and methylene
chloride. In no case shall this definition be construed to be
more restrictive than the results obtained from the use of the
applicable test method for a source as specified in Rule
1200-3-18- .44, - .45, and - .46 and other referenced methods.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended effective October 13, 1981. Amended effective January
22, 1982. Amended effective February 18, 1983. Amended effective March 2,
1983.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUN 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .03 STANDARDS FOR NEW SOURCES
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Lowest Achievable Emission Rate (also denoted as LAER)
means for any source, that rate of emissions which reflects:
1. The most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in
practice by such class or category of source.
2. In no event shall a new or modified source emit any
pollutant in excess of the amount allowable under applicable
rules of Chapter 1200-3-16.
This limit will be determined by the Technical Secretary at the
time of the permit application.
(b) “Potential emissions” means the maximum capacity of a stationary
source to emit under its physical and operational design. Any
physical or operational limitation on the capacity of the source
to emit, including air pollution control equipment and.
restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of
material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part
of its design if the limitation or the effect it would have on
emissions is legally enforceable. Secondary emissions do not
count in determining the potential to emit of a stationary source.
(2) New or modified sources identified as having potential emissions of 100
tons per year or greater shall utilize LAER irrespective of where they
locate within Tennessee. All other new or modified sources locating in
Davidson, Shelby or Hamilton Counties shall utilize BACT. New or
modified sources having potential emissions less than 100 tons per year
locating within the rest of the state shall utilize reasonable and
proper controls as determined by the Technical Secretary. Regardless of
the specific emission standards derived from these determinations, a new
and/or modified source in an urban nonattainment county must comply with
the provisions of Chapter 1200-3-9-.01(5).
(3) If new or modified sources at a facility occurring since February 16,
1979 or since the time of the last construction approval issued
requiring LAER under this rule total to more than 100 tons per year
potential emissions, all the new and modified sources during the period
shall utilize LAER. The stage of construction and the ability of the
source to install additional control equipment shall be considered in
determining LAER.
(4) A new source is not subject to paragraphs 1200-3-l8-.0S thru .42. These
paragraphs only regulate existing sources.
Aubhority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended effective October 13, 1981. Amended effective January
22, 1982. Amended March 2, 1983.
16-80- 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 7
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-19- .04 ALTERNATE EMISSION STANDARD
(1) Facilities with process emission source(s) regulated by this Chapter
1200-3-18 with a certificate of alternate control shall not emit
volatile organic compounds in excess of the limits on said certificate.
This standard is in lieu of the emission standards contained in other
rules of this chapter. Only sources with an emission standard in
Chapter 1200-3-18 are eligible for inclusion in the certificate.
(2) The owner or operator of any facility having process emission sources
regulated by other rules in this Chapter can apply to the Technical
Secretary for a certificate of alternate control for a facility and he
must grant the request if the following conditions are met:
(a) The facility is reducing or will be after a specified date taking
actions to reduce emissions of volatile organic compounds at least
as much as is required under the other rules of this chapter even
though specific process emission source(s) in the facility may not
be meeting the standards specified in the other rules of this
Chapter. The reduction in emissions required above shall be based
on the manufacturing process as it existed on the rule certified
date for the rule for which the source is subject. The purpose of
this provision is to allow credit toward compliance by use of
process changes which reduce the total VOC emissions to the
atmosphere.
(b) If a specified future date is involved, this date must be
acceptable to and approved by the Technical Secretary and be
specified in a schedule of compliance as a condition on the
certificate. This schedule must conform with the requirements of
paragraphs (3) and (4) of Rule 1200-3-18- .42 for individual
compliance schedules.
(c) A means satisfactory to the Technical Secretary must be present so
that he and/or his representative can determine that this
alternative emission control method is being implemented and
complied with.
(d) A fee of $500 has been paid to the Department at the time
application is made to cover the cost of review of the request for
the certificate of alternate control.
(e) All process emission sources commenced on or after the effective
date of a rule or rules in Chapter 1200-3-16 and the requirements
for nonattainnient areas and the prevention of significant
deterioration in Chapters 1200-3-19 and 1200-3-9 limiting
emissions of volatile organic compounds are meeting the limits
specified in those rules.
(f) No credit can be given for reduction of emissions in determining
if the requirements of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph are met
if another rule would require that reduction anyway.
16—80— 8
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(3) After approval of the alternate emission control application, the
standards approved under this section must be subjected to a public
hearing. At this public hearing there shall be an opportunity for
public comment to satisfy the requirement for revisions to the state
implementation plan. The owner or operator requesting this alternate
emission control standard shall be responsible for publishing the
required legal notices.
(4) The owner or operator of the facility must:
(a) file or post on the operating premises the certificate of
alternative control.
(b) keep all pollution control equipment in good operating condition
and utilize said equipment at all times.
(c) meet other conditions specified in accordance with paragraph (8)
of this rule.
(5) The certificate of alternate control can be revoked for any violation of
the conditions under which it was issued.
(6) The certificate of alternate control does not relieve the owner or
operator of the duty for meeting all emission requirements in other
rules for process emission sources commenced after the effective date of
the rule.
(7) Upon revocation of the certificate of alternative control the process
emission sources at the facility must comply with all other rules in
this chapter.
(8) The certificate of alternate control may specify alternate test methods
to determine compliance of different averaging times (so long as this
time does not exceed eight hours) or may contain other conditions
appropriate to insure compliance with the alternate control method and
the meeting of compliance on the date specified in accordance with
subparagraph (2) (b) of this rule. The certificate must contain as
conditions specific standards for each emission source involved.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule Certified
October 19, 1981. Revised effective July 31, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Feaeral
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 9
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18-. .05 AUTOMOBILE AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCK MANUFACTURING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Application area” means the area where the coating is applied by
dipping or spraying.
(b) “Manufacturing plant” is an assembly plant which coats and
assembles parts supplied by a variety of sources producing a
finished vehicle ready for sale to vehicle dealers. Customizers,
body shops and other repainters are not part of this definition.
(c) “Automobile” means all passenger cars or passenger car derivatives
capable of seating 12 or fewer passengers.
(d) “Light-duty trucks” means any motor vehicle rated at 3864
kilograms (8500 pounds) gross weight or less which are designed
primarily for purpose of transportation or are derivatives of such
vehicles.
(2) No owner or operator of an automotive or light-duty truck manufacturing
plant subject to this rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into
the atmosphere of any volatile organic compounds except as provided in
1200-3-18—.04, .41, or .42 in excess of;
(a) 0.145 kilograms per liter of coating (1.2 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the applicator from prime coat
application, flashoff area and oven operations.
(b) 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon)
excluding water, delivered to the applicator from surface
application, flashoff area and oven operations.
(c) 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the applicator from topcoat
application, flashoff area and oven operations.
(d) 0.58 kilograms per liter of coating (4.8 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the applicator from final repair
application, flashoff area and oven operations.
(3) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
Automobile and Light Duty Truck Manufacturing of 100 tons per year or
greater in rural counties or 25 tons per year or greater in urban
counties.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 10
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.06 PAPER COATING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Coating” means the operation where the coating formulation is
distributed uniformly across the substrate.
(b) “Paper coating” means coatings put on paper and pressure sensitive
tapes regardless of substrate. The main coating application
devices are knives, rollers or rotogravure devices. Related web
coating processes on plastic film and decorative coatings on metal
foil are included in this definition. Combined operations where
a single machine prints and coats or prints and laminates in line
are not part of this definition.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-18-.06-(3), to
roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) and drying oven(s) of paper
coating lines.
(3) No owner or operator of a paper coating line subject to this rule may
cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any volatile
organic compounds in excess of 0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9
pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator
from a paper coating line except as provided in 1200-3-18- .04, .41, or
.42.
(4) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
Paper Coating of 100 tons per year or greater in rural counties or 25
tons per year or greater in urban counties.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 11
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18- .07 PETROLEUM LIQUID STORAGE
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply;
(a) “Condensate” means hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas
which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure
and remains liquid at standard conditions.
(b) “Crude oil” means a naturally occurring mixture which consists of
hydrocarbons and/or sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of
hydrocarbons and which is a liquid at standard conditions.
(c) “Custody transfer ” means the transfer of produced crude oil and/or
condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing
operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to
pipelines or any other forms of transportation.
(d) “External floating roof” means a storage vessel cover in an open
top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which
rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being
contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close
the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(e) “Internal floating roof” means a cover or roof in a fixed roof
tank which rests upon or is floated upon the petroleum liquid
being contained, and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to
close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(f) “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in producing
gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils,
lubricants, or other products through distillation of crude oils,
or through redistillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of
unfinished petroleum derivatives.
(2) This rule will apply to all fixed roof storage vessels with capacities
greater than 40,000 gallons containing volatile petroleum liquids whose
true vapor pressure is greater than 10.5 kPa(l.52 psia).
(3) This rule will not apply to volatile petroleum liquid storage vessels;
(a) equipped with floating roofs before January 1, 1979; or,
(b) having capacities less than 420,000 gallons used to store produced
crude oil and condensate prior to lease custody transfer.
(4) Except as provided under Paragraph (3) of this rule, no owner or
operator of an effected source under paragraph (2) of this rule shall
permit the use of such source except as provided in 1200-3-18- .41
unless;
(a) the source has been retrofitted with an internal floating roof
equipped with a closure seal, or seals, to close the space between
the roof edge and tank wall; or,
(b) the source has been retrofitted with equally effective alternative
control, approved by the Technical Secretary; and,
(c) the source is maintained such that there are no visible holes,
tears, or other openings in the seal or any seal fabric or
16—80— 12
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
materials; and,
(d) all openings, except stub drains are equipped with covers, lids,
or seals such that;
1. the cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all
times except when in actual use; and,
2. automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when
the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports;
and,
3. rim vents, if provided, are set up to open when the roof is
being floated off the roof leg supports or at the
manufacturer’s recommended setting; and,
(e) routine inspections are conducted through roof hatches once per
month; and,
(f) a complete inspection of cover and seal is conducted as specified
by the Technical Secretary; and,
(g) records are maintained as specified by the Technical Secretary.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended September 8, 1980.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 13
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18- .08 BULK GASOLINE PLANTS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Bottom filling” - means the filling of a tank truck or stationary
storage tank through an opening near the tank bottom.
(b) “Bulk gasoline plant” - means a gasoline storage and distribution
facility with an annual average daily throughput of less than
76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) which receives gasoline from bulk
terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and
subsequently dispenses it via account trucks to local farms,
businesses, and service stations.
(c) “Gasoline” - means any petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor
pressure of 27.6 kPa (4 psia) or greater.
(d) “Splash filling” - means the filling of a tank truck or stationary
storage tank through a pipe or hose whose discharge opening is
above the surface level at the liquid in the tank being filled.
(e) “Submerged filling” - means the filling of a tank truck or
stationary tank through a pipe or hose whose discharge opening is
entirely submerged when the liquid level is six inches above the
bottom of the container.
(f) “Vapor balance system” - means a combination of pipes or hoses
which create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an
unloading tank and receiving tank such that vapors displaced from
the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being unloaded.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with Rule 1200-3-18- .41, to the
unloading, loading, and storage facilities of all bulk gasoline plants
and all tank trucks or trailers delivering or receiving gasoline at bulk
gasoline plants.
(3) This rule will not apply to:
(a) stationary storage tanks of less than 2,000 gallons capacity
(b) bulk plants with an annual average working daily throughput of
less than 4,000 gallons, provided records of throughput are
maintained and reported to the Technical Secretary annually, and
provided all stationary storage tanks and tank trucks or trailers
are equipped with submerged fill pipes.
(c) Facilities in rural counties, Hamilton County and Shelby County.
(4) Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this rule, no owner or
operator of a bulk gasoline plant (tank truck or trailer) shall load or
unload gasoline unless each tank is equipped with a vapor balance system
as described under paragraph (7) of this rule and approved by the
Technical Secretary; and
(a) each tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe, approved by the
Technical Secretary; or,
16—80— 14
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(b) each tank is equipped with a fill line whose discharge opening is
entirely submerged when the liquid level is eighteen inches above
the bottom of the tank.
(5) Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this rule, no owner or
operator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck or trailer shall load or
unload a tank truck or trailer at a bulk gasoline plant unless each tank
truck or trailer is equipped with a vapor balance system as described
under paragraph (7) of this rule and approved by the Technical
Secretary; and,
(a) equipment is av,ailable at the bulk gasoline plant to provide for
the submerged filling of each tank truck or trailer; or,
(b) each tank truck or trailer is equipped for bottom filling.
(6) No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant,tank truck, or trailer
shall permit the transfer of gasoline between tank truck or trailer and
stationary storage tank unless:
(a) the transfer is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (4) and
(5) of this rule; and,
(b) the vapor balance system is in good working order and is connected
and operating; and,
(C) tank truck or trailer hatches are closed at all times during
loading operations; and,
Cd) there are no leaks in the tank trucks’ or trailers’
pressure/vacuum relief valves and hatch covers, nor the truck
tanks or storage tanks associated vapor and liquid lines during
loading or unloading; and,
(e) the pressure relief valves on storage vessels and tank trucks or
trailers are set to release at no less than 4.8 kPa (0.7 psi) or
the highest possible pressure (in accordance with state or local
fire codes, or the National Fire Prevention Association
guidelines).
(7) Vapor balance systems required under paragraphs (4) and (5) of this rule
shall consist of the following major components:
(a) a vapor space connection on the stationary storage tank equipped
with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and
immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of
organic material; and,
(b) a connecting pipe or hose equipped with fittings which are vapor
tight and will automatically and immediately close upon
disconnection so as to prevent release of organic material; and,
Cc) a vapor space connection on the tank truck or trailer equipped
with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and
immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of
organic material.
(8) No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit gasoline to be
spilled, discharged into sewers, stored in open containers or handled in
any other manner that would result in evaporation.
16—80- 15
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended October 10, 1980.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 16
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S 1200-3- 18- .09 BULK GASOLINE TERMINALS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Bulk gasoline terminal” means a gasoline storage facility which
receives gasoline from refineries primarily by pipeline, ship, or
barge, and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to
commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank truck; and has an
annual average daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000
gallons) of gasoline.
(b) “Gasoline” means a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor
pressure of 27.6 kPa (4 psia) or greater.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-18- .41 to bulk gasoline
terminals and the appurtenant equipment necessary to load the tank truck
or trailer compartments.
(3) No person may load gasoline into any tank trucks or trailers from any
bulk gasoline terminal unless;
(a) the bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a vapor control
system, capable of complying with paragraph (4) of this rule,
properly installed, in good working order, in operation and
consisting of one of the following;
1. an adsorber or condensation system which processes and
recovers vapors and gases from the equipment being
controlled; or,
2. a vapor collection system which directs all vapors to a fuel
gas system; or,
3. a control system, demonstrated to have control efficiency
equivalent to or greater than parts (3)(a)1. or (3)(a)2. of
this section and approved by the Technical Secretary; and,
(b) all displaced vapors and gases are vented only to the vapor
control system; and,
(c) loading devices must not leak when in use and should be designed
and operated to allow no more than 10 cc’s drainage per disconnect
on the basis of 5 consecutive disconnects.
(4) Sources effected under subparagraph (3) (a) may not allow mass emissions
of volatile organic compounds from control equipment to exceed 80
milligrams per liter (4.7 grains per gallon) of gasoline loaded.
(5) Sources effected under paragraph (2) may not;
(a) allow gasoline to be discarded in sewers or stored in open
containers or handled in any manner that would result in
evaporation; nor,
(b) allow the pressure in the vapor collection system to exceed the
tank truck or trailer pressure relief settings.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
16—80— 17
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-80— 18
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.lO GASOLINE SERVICE STATIONS STAGE I.
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Gasoline” means a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor
pressure of 27.6 kPa (4 psia) or greater.
(b) “Delivery Vessel t ’ means tank trucks or trailers equipped with a
storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources
of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing
facilities.
(c) “Submerged Fill Pipe” means any fill pipe extending within 6
inches of the tank bottom.
(d) “Gasoline Dispensing Facility” means any site where gasoline is
dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage
tanks.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-18- .41, to all gasoline
dispensing facilities except as exempted in paragraph (3).
(3) This rule will not apply to;
(a) transfers made to storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities
equipped with floating roofs or their equivalent which have been
approved by the Technical Secretary.
(b) stationary gasoline storage containers of less than 7,570 liters
(2,000 gallons), provided the containers are equipped with
submerged fill pipes.
(c) facilities in rural counties, Hamilton County and Shelby County.
(d) gasoline dispensing facilities with an annual throughput of less
than 260,000 gallons which is serviced with a tank truck with a
capacity of 4,200 gallons or less, provided records of throughput
are maintained and reported to the Technical Secretary annually
and, provided all gasoline storage containers are equipped with
submerged fill pipes.
(4) Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this rule, no owner or
operator may transfer or cause or allow the transfer of gasoline from
any delivery vessel into any stationary storage tank unless the tank is
equipped with a submerged fill pipe and the vapors displaced from the
storage tank during filling are processed by a vapor control system in
accordance with a paragraph (5) of this rule.
(5) The vapor control system required by paragraph (4) of this rule shall
include one or more of the following:
(a) a vapor-tight line from the storage tank to the delivery vessel
and a system that will ensure the vapor line is connected before
the gasoline can be transferred into the tank; or,
(b) a refrigeration-condensation system or equivalent approved by the
Technical Secretary.
16-80- 19
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(c) a system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or
greater than provided under subparagraph (5) (a) or (5) (b) of this
rule and approved by the Technical Secretary.
(6) The vapor-laden delivery vessel shall be subject to the following
conditions;
(a) the delivery vessel must be designed and maintained to be vapor
tight at all times; and
(b) the vapor-laden deliver vessel may be refilled in the regulated
area only at;
1. bulk gasoline plants complying with 1200-3-18-.08; or,
2. bulk gasoline terminals complying with 1200-3-18-.09.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: 7ULY 27, 198
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 20
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .11 PETROLEUM REFINERY SOURCES
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Accumulator” means the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving
the condensate from the condenser.
(b) “Condenser” means any heat transfer device used to liquefy vapors
by removing their latent heats of vaporization. Such devices
include, but are not limited to, shell and tube, coil, surface, or
contact condensers.
(C) “Firebox” means the chamber or compartment of a boiler or
furnace’ in which materials are burned but does not mean the
combustion chamber of an incinerator.
Cd) “Forebays” mean the primary sections of a wastewater separator.
(e) “Hot well” means the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving the
warm condensate from the condenser.
(f) “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in producing
gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils,
lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking,
extraction, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.
(g) “Refinery fuel gas” means any gas which is generated by a
petroleum refinery process unit and which is combusted, including
any gaseous mixture of natural gas and fuel gas.
(h) “Turnaround” means the procedure of shutting a refinery unit down
after a run to do necessary maintenance and repair work and
putting the unit back on stream.
(i) “Vacuum producing system” means any reciprocating, rotary, or
centrifugal blower or compressor, or any jet ejector device that
takes suction from a pressure below atmospheric and discharges
against atmospheric ‘pressure.
(j) “Vapor recovery system” means a system that prevents release to
the atmosphere of no less than 90 percent by weight of organic
compounds emitted during the operation of any transfer, storage,
or process equipment.
(k) “Wastewater (oil/water) separator” means any device or piece of
equipment which utilizes the difference in density between oil and
water to remove oil and associated chemicals from water, or any
device, such as a flocculation tank, clarifier, etc., which
removes petroleum derived compounds from waste water.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-18- .41, to vacuum
producing systems, wastewater separators, and process unit turnarounds
at petroleum refineries.
(3) (a) The owner or operator of any vacuum producing systems at a
petroleum refinery may not permit the emission of any
noncondensable volatile organic compounds from the condensers, hot
wells or accumulators of the system.
16—80— 21
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(b) The emission limit under subparagraph (3) (a) of this rule shall be
achieved by;
1. piping the noncondensable vapors to a firebox or
incinerator; or,
2. compressing the vapors and adding them to the refinery fuel
gas.
(4) The owner or operator of any wastewater (oil/water) separators at
a petroleum refinery shall;
(a) provide covers and seals approved by the Technical Secretary, on
all separators and forebays; and,
(b) equip all openings in covers, separators, and forebays with lids
or seals such that the lids or seals are in the closed position at
all times except when in actual use.
(5) Before July 1, 1979 the owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
develop and submit to a Technical Secretary for approval a detailed
procedure for minimization of volatile organic compound emissions during
process unit turnaround. As a minimum, the procedure shall provide for;
(a) depressurization venting of the process unit or vessel to a vapor
recovery system, flare or firebox; and,
(b) no emission of volatile organic compounds from a process unit or
vessel until its eternal pressure is 136 kilo Pascals (19.7 psia)
or less; and,
(c) record keeping as specified by the Technical Secretary.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 22
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .12 CAN COATING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “End sealing compound” means a synthetic rubber compound which is
coated on to can ends and which functions as a gasket when the end
is assembled on the can.
(b) “Exterior base coating” means a coating applied to the exterior of
a can to provide exterior protection to the metal and to provide
background for the lithographic or printing operation.
(c) “Interior base coating” means a coating applied by roller coating
or spray to the interior to a can to provide a protective lining
between the can metal and product.
(d) “Interior body Bpray” means a coating sprayed on the
interior of the can body to provide a protective film between the
product and the can.
(e) “Overvarnish” means a coating applied directly over ink to
reduce the coefficient of friction, to provide gloss and to
protect the finish against abrasion and corrosion.
(f) “Three-piece can side-seam spray” means a coating sprayed on the
exterior and interior of a welded, cemented or soldered seani to
protect the exposed metal.
(g) “Two-piece can exterior end coating” means a coating applied by
roller coating or spraying to the exterior end of a can to provide
protection to the metal.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-].8-.12-(3) to coating
applicator(s) and oven(s) of sheet, can or end coating lines involved in
sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish; two-piece can
exterior (basecoat and overvarnish); two and three-piece can interior
body spray; two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat); three-piece
can side-seam spray and end sealing compound operations.
(3) No owner or operator of a can coating line subject to this rule may
cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds except as provided in 1200-3-18- .41 in
excess of;
(a) 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from sheet
basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish or two-piece can
exterior (basecoat and overvarnish) operations.
(b) 0.51 kilograms per liter of coating (4.2 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from two- and
three-piece can interior body spray and two-piece can exterior end
(spray or roll coat) operations.
(c) 0.66 kilograms per liter of coating (5.5 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from
three-piece can side-seam spray operations.
(d) 0.44 kilograms per liter of coating (3.7 pounds per gallon),
16—80— 23
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from end
sealing compound operations.
(4) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
can coating of 100 tons per year or greater in rural counties or 25 tons
per year or greater in urban counties.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE
LAST UPDATE:
FEDERALLY APPROVED RE
JULY 27, 1989
GULATION AS OF
15, 1989
Date Submitted
to EPA
Date Approved
by EPA
Final Federal
Register Notice
Original Reg
JUN 28, 1979
AUG 13, 1980
45 FR 53809
1st Revision
JUL 02, 1979
AUG 13, 1980
45 FR 53809
2nd Revision
MAY 08, 1980
AUG 13, 1980
45 FR 53809
16-80— 24
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.14 FABRIC AND VINYL COATING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Fabric coating” means the coating of a textile substrate with a
knife, roll or rotogravure coater to impart properties that are
not initially present such as strength, stability, water or acid
repellency, or appearance.
(b) “Vinyl coating” means applying a decorative or protective topcoat,
or printing on vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-18-.14(3), to roll,
knife or rotogravure coater(s) and drying oven(s) of fabric and vinyl
coating lines.
(3) No owner or operator of a fabric coating line or a vinyl coating line
subject to this rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the
atmosphere of any volatile organic compounds except as provided in
1200—3—18— .41 in excess of:
(a) 0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a fabric
coating line.
(b) 0.45 kilograms per liter of coating (3.8 pounds per gallon),
excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a vinyl
coating line.
(4) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
fabric and vinyl coating of 100 tons per year or greater in rural
counties or 25 tons per year or greater in urban counties.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 25
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18- .15 METAL FURNITURE COATING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Application area” means the area where the coating is applied by
spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques.
(b) “Metal furniture coating” means the surface coating of any
furniture made of metal or any metal part which will be assembled
with other metal, wood, fabric, plastic or glass parts to form a
furniture piece.
(2) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-18-.15-(3), to the
application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of metal furniture
coating lines involved in prime and topcoat or single coating
operations.
(3) No owner or operator of a metal furniture coating line subject to this
rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds in excess of 0.36 kilograms per liter of
coating (3.0 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the
coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations
except as provided in 1200-3-18-.41.
(4) This rule will apply to facilities having the potential VOC emissions
from Metal Furniture Coating of 100 tons per year or greater in rural
counties or 25 tons per year or greater in urban counties.
(5) This rule shall not apply to the use of quick drying lacquers for repair
of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 26
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.16 SURFACE COATING OF LARGE APPLIANCES
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Application area” means the area where the coating is applied by
spraying, dipping or flowcoating techniques.
(b) “Single coat” means a single film of coating applied directly to
the metal substrate omitting the primer application.
(c) “Large appliances” means doors, cases, lids, panels and interior
support parts of residential and commercial washers, dryers,
ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water heaters, dishwashers, trash
compactors, air conditioners and other similar products.
(2) This rule will not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers for
repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly.
(3) This rule will apply, in accordance with 1200-3-l8-.16(3), to the
area(s), flashoff area(s) and oven(s) of large appliance coating lines
involved in prime, single or topcoat coating operations.
(4) No owner or operator of a large appliance coating line subject to this
rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds in excess of 0.34 kilograms per liter of
coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the
coating applicator from prime, single or topcoat coating operators
except as provided in 1200-3-].8-.4]..
(5) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
Surface Coating of Large Appliances of 100 tons per year or greater in
rural area or 25 tons per year or greater in urban areas.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-80- 27
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.17 MAGNET WIRE COATING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definition applies:
(a) “Magnet wire coating” means the process of applying a coating of
electrically insulating varnish or enamel to aluminum or copper
wire for use in machinery.
(2) No owner or operator of a magnet wire coating oven subject to this rule
may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds in excess of 0.20 kilograms per liter of
coating (1.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the
coating applicator from magnet wire coating operations except as
provided in 1200-3-].8-.41.
(3) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
Magnet Wire Coating of 100 tons per year or greater in rural areas or 25
tons per year or greater in urban areas.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 28
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S] .200-3-18-.18 SOLVENT METAL CLEANING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Cold cleaning” means the batch process of cleaning and removing
greasy soils from metal surfaces by spraying, brushing, flushing
or immersion while maintaining the solvent below its boiling
point. Wipe cleaning is not included in this definition.
(b) “Conveyorized dagreasing” means the continuous process of cleaning
and removing greasy soils from metal surfaces by operating with
either cold or vaporized solvents.
(c) “Freeboard height” means the distance from the top of the vapor
zone to the top of the degreaser tank for vapor degreasers and
from the liquid surface to the top of degreaser toner for cold
cleaners.
(d) “Freeboard ratio” means the freeboard height divided by the width
of the degreaser.
Ce) “Open top vapor degreasing” means the batch process of cleaning
and removing greasy soils from metal surfaces in an open top tank
by condensing hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts.
(f) “Solvent metal cleaning” means the process of cleaning greasy
soils from metal surfaces by cold cleaning or open top vapor
degreasing or conveyorized degreasing.
(2) The provisions of this rule shall apply, in accordance with
1200-3-18- .41, with the following exceptions:
(a) open top vapor degreasers with an open area smaller than 1 square
meter (10.8 square feet) shall be exempt from parts (5) (c)2. and
(5)(c)4. of this rule,
(b) conveyorized degreasers with an air/vapor interface smaller than
2.0 square meters (21.6 square feet) shall be exempt from
subparagraph (6) (b) of this rule,
(3) This rule will apply to facilities having potential VOC emissions from
Solvent Metal Cleaning of 100 tons per year or greater in rural counties
or 25 tons per year or greater in urban counties.
(4) Except as provided under paragraphs (2) and (3) of this rule, the owner
or operator of a cold cleaning facility shall:
(a) equip the cleaner with a cover;
(b) equip the cleaner with a facility for draining cleaned parts; and
(c) provide a permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
requirements; and,
(d) store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of
waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater
than 20 percent of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate
into the atmosphere; and,
16—80— 29
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(e) close the cover whenever parts are not being handled in the
cleaner; and,
(f) drain the cleaned parts for at least 15 seconds or until dripping
ceases; and,
(g) if used, supply a solvent spray that is a solid fluid stream (not
a fine, atomized or shower type spray) at a pressure which does
not cause excessive splashing.
(5) Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this rule, the owner or
operator o an open top vapor degreaser shall:
(a) equip the vapor degreaser with a cover that can be opened and
closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone; and,
(b) keep the cover closed at all times except when processing work
loads through the degreaser; and
(c) minimize solvent carryout by:
1. racking parts to allow complete drainage; and,
2. moving parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 3.3
meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and,
3. holding the parts in the vapor zone at least 30 seconds or
until condensation ceases; and,
4. tipping out any pools of solvent on the cleaned parts before
removal from the vapor zone; and,
5. allowing parts to dry within the degreaser for at least 15
seconds or until visually dry; and,
(d) not degrease porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth,
leather, wood or rope; and,
(e) not occupy more than half of the degreaser’s open top area with a
workload; and,
(f) not load the degreaser to the point where the vapor level would
drop more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) when the workload enters
the vapor zone; and,
(g) always spray below the vapor level; and,
(h) repair solvent leaks immediately, or shutdown the degreaser; and,
Ci) store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of
waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater
than 20 percent of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate
into the atmosphere; and,
(j) not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually
detectable in solvent exiting the water separator; and,
16—80— 30
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(k) not use ventilation fans near the degreaser opening, nor provide
exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per
square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of
degreaser open area, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements;
and,
(1) provide a permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
procedures of subparagraphs (5) (b) through (5) (j) of this rule.
(6) Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this rule, the owner or
operator of a conveyorized degreaser shall:
(a) not use workplace fans near the degreaser opening, nor provide
exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per
square meter (65 cubic feet per minute square foot) of degreaser
opening, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements; and,
- (b) equip the cleaner with equipment, such as drying tunnel or
rotating (tumbling) basket, sufficient to prevent cleaned parts
from carrying out solvent liquid or vapor; and,
(c) minimize openings during operation so that entrances and exits
will silhouette workloads with an average clearance between the
largest parts and the edge of the degreaser opening of less than
10 centimeters (4 inches) or less than 10 percent of the width of
the opening; and,
(d) provide downtime covers for closing off the entrance and exit
during shutdown hours; and,
(e) minimize carryout emissions by:
(i) racking parts for best drainage; and,
(ii) maintaining the vertical [ sic?] conveyor speed at less than
3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and,
(f) store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of
waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater
than 20 percent of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate
into the atmosphere; and,
(g) repair solvent leaks immediately, or shut down the degreaser; and,
(h) not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually
detectable in solvent exiting the water separator; and,
(i) place downtime covers over entrances and exits of
conveyorized degreasers immediately after the conveyors and
exhausts are shut down and not remove them until just before
start-up.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
16—80— 31
-------
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989.
Data Submitted
to EPA
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986
Printed: February 2, 1995
REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
Date Approved Final Federal
by EPA Regiater Notice
JUN 15, 1989 45 FR 25456
16—80— 32
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .19 CUTBACK ASPHALT
(1) For the purpose of this rule,the following definitions apply:
(a) “Asphalt” means a dark-brown to black cementitious material
(solid, semisolid, or liquid in consistency) in which the
predominating constituents are bitumens which occur in nature as
such or which are obtained as residue in refining petroleum.
(b) “Cutback Asphalt” means asphalt cement which has been liquefied by
blending with petroleum solvents (diluents). Upon exposure to
atmospheric conditions the diluents evaporate, leaving the asphalt
cement to perform its function.
Cc) “Penetrating prime coat” means an application of low viscosity
liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to prepare an
untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime penetrates the
base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and helps bind it to
the overlying asphalt course. It also reduces the necessity of
maintaining an untreated base course prior to placing the asphalt
pavement.
(2) No person may cause, allow, or permit the use or application of cutback
asphalts for paving purposes in the State of Tennessee except for:
(a) long-term stockpile storage; or,
(b) application when the ambient temperature is less than 50°F within
4 hours after the time of application; or,
Cc) use as a penetrating primecoat.
Authority: T.C.A. 68-25-105. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended December 14, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 33
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.20 FLAT WOOD PANELING COATING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Printed interior panels” are panels whose grain or natural
surface is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a
simulated grain or decorative pattern is printed.
(b) “Hardwood plywood” is plywood whose surface layer is a veneer of
hardwood.
(c) “Thin particleboard” is a manufactured board made of individual
wood particles which have been coated with a binder and formed
into flat sheets by pressure, the thickness of the board being
one-fourth inch or less.
(d) “Natural finish hardwood plywood panels are panels whose original
grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent finishes
frequently supplemented by fillers and toners.
(e) “Hardboard” is a panel manufactured primarily from inter-
felted lignocellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat
and pressure in a hot-press.
(f) “Class II finishes for hardboard paneling” are finishes
which meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard
PS-59-73 as approved by the American National Standards Institute.
(g) “Tileboard” is paneling that has a colored waterproof surface
coating.
(h) “Coating system” includes all operations and equipment which
apply, convey, and dry a surface coating or coatings, to a panel,
including but not limited to spray booths, flow coaters,
conveyors, flashoff areas, dryers and ovens.
(2) No owner or operator of a flat wood paneling coating system subject to
this rule may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere
of any volatile organic compounds from that system in excess of the
following, except as provided for in Rules 1200-3-18- .04 or .42 or
Paragraph (5) of this rule:
(a) 2.9 kg per 100 square meters (6.0 lb/1000 sq. ft.) of finished
printed interior panels;
(b) 5.8 kg per 100 square meters (12.0 lb/1000 sq. ft.) of finished
natural finish hardwood plywood panels; and
(c) 4.8 kg per 100 square meters (10.0 lb/1000 sq. ft.) of
finished Class II finishes for hardboard panels.
(3) This rule:
(a) Applies to coating application systems in the manufacture of the
following products:
1. Printed interior panels made of hardwood plywood and thin
part ic leboard;
16—80— 34
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
2. Natural finish hardwood plywood panels; and
3. Hardboard paneling with Class II finishes but
(b) Does not apply to coating application systems in the
manufacture of exterior siding, tileboard, or particleboard used
as a furniture component.
(4) This rule applies to coating application systems in the manufacture of
exterior siding, tileboard, or particleboard used as a furniture
component.
(5) The owner or operator of a coating system subject to this rule shall:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress in the following
schedule:
1. Submit final plans for the emission control technique before
April ]., 1981,
2. Award contracts or purchase orders before July 1, 1981,
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1981,
4. Complete onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1982, and
5. Achieve final compliance before December 31, 1982, and
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after each
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(6) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be
provided by:
(a) Methods approved by the Technical Secretary and consistent with:
1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile
Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041,
2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of
Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty
Trucks,” EPA-450/2-77-008, and
3. Rules 1200-3—18-.43,.44, and .45,
(b) Certification by the manufacturer of the composition of
coatings, if supported by batch formulation records and approved
by the Technical Secretary, may be accepted instead of coatings
analyses, and
(c) Monitoring of process equipment and emission control equipment as
required by the Technical Secretary to confirm continued
compliance.
Authority: TCA 53 -3412. Emergency Rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
16—80— 35
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 36
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
81200-3-18- .21 SURFACE COATING OF MISCELLANEOUS METAL PARTS AND PRODUCTS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Air dried coating” is a coating which is dried by the use of air
or forced warm air at temperatures up to 90°C (194°F);
(b) “Clear coating” is a coating which lacks color and opacity or is
transparent and uses the undercoat as a reflectant base or
undertone color;
(c) “Extreme performance coating” is a coating designed for extreme
environmental conditions;
(d) “Extreme environmental conditions” is exposure to outdoor
conditions most all of the time, temperatures consistently above
95°C, detergents, abrasive and scouring agents, solvents,
corrosive atmospheres, or similar environmental conditions.
Ce) “Coating operation” includes all equipment which applies, conveys,
and dries asurface coating, including, but not limited to, spray
booths, flow coaters, flashoff areas, air dryers and ovens.
(f) “Top coating” includes all coatings other than prime coatings.
(2) No owner or operator of a coating operation subject to this rule may
cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds from that operation in excess of the
following, except as provided for in Rules 1200-3-18- .04 or .42 or
Paragraph (7) of this rule:
(a) 0.52 kg/i (4.3 lb/gal) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a
coating applicator in a clear coating operation,
(b) 0.43 kg/l (3.5 lb/gal) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a
coating applicator in an air dried coating operation,
(c) 0.43 kg/i (3.5 lb/gal) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a
coating applicator in an extreme performance coating operation, or
(d) 0.36 kg/i (3.0 lb/gal) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a
coating applicator in all other coating operations.
(3) If more than one emission limitation in Paragraph (2) applies to a
specific coating operation, then the least stringent emission limitation
shall be applied.
(4) This rule applies to surface coating of the following miscellaneous
metal parts and products:
(a) Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting
machines, tractors, combines, etc.);
(b) Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn mowers,
rototillers, etc.);
(C) Small appliances Cfans, mixers, blenders, crock pots,
dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);
16—80— 37
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Cd) Commercial machinery (office equipment, computers and auxiliary
equipment, typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);
Ce) Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyor components,
fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);
(f) Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames, etc.); and
(g) Any other industrial category which coats metal parts or products
under the Standard Industrial Classification Code of Major Group
33 (primary metal industries), Major Group 34 (fabricated metal
products), Major Group 35 (nonelectric machinery), Major Group 36
(electrical machinery), Major Group 37 (transportation equipment),
Major Group 38 (miscellaneous instruments), and Major Group 39
(miscellaneous manufacturing industries).
rule does not apply to the surface coating of the following metal
and products:
Automobiles and light-duty trucks;
Metal cans;
Flat metal sheets and strips in the form of rolls and coils;
Magnet wire for use in electrical machinery;
Metal furniture;
Large appliances;
Exterior surface areas of airplanes;
Automobile refinishing;
Customized top coating of automobiles and trucks, if production is
less than 35 vehicles per day;
(j) Marine vessels;
(k) Storage vessels, and
(1) Prime and top coating aerospace components.
(6) This rule applies to facilities having potential emissions from coating
operations otherwise exempt from this rule of volatile organic compounds
of 100 or more tons per year in rural counties or 25 or more tons per
year in urban counties.
(7) The owner or operator of a coating operation subject to this rule shall:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress in the following
schedule:
1. Submit final plans for the emission control technique before
April 1, 1981,
2. Award contracts or purchase orders before July 1, 1981,
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
(5) This
parts
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
16—80— 38
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
1, 1981,
4. Complete onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1982 and
5. Achieve final compliance before December 31, 1982, and
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after each
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(8) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be
provided by:
(a) Methods approved by the Technical Secretary and consistent
with:
1. EPA Guideline Series document, Measurement of Volatile
Organic Compounds, EPA-450/2-78-041,
2. Appendix A of Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of
Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty
Trucks,” EPA-450/2-77-008, and
3. Rules 1200—3—18—.43,.44 and .45,
(b) Certification by the manufacturer of the composition of coatings,
if supported by batch formulation records and approved by the
Technical Secretary, may be accepted as the coatings analyses, and
(c) Monitoring of process equipment and emission control equipment as
required by the Technical Secretary to confirm continued
compliance.
Authority: TCA 53 -3412 Emergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981. Amended effective
February 18, 1983.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 39
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18- .22 LEAKS FROM GASOLINE TANK TRUCKS AND VAPOR COLLECTION SYSTEMS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Bottom filling” is the filling of a tank through an opening that
is either flush with or near the tank bottom.
(b) “Gasolina” is a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure
of 27.6 kPa (4 psi) or greater that is used as fuel for internal
combustion engines.
Cc) “Gasoline tank truck” is a truck or trailer equipped with a
storage tank which is used for the transport of gasoline from
sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline
dispensing facilities, bulk gasoline plants, or bulk gasoline
terminals.
(d) “Gasoline dispensing facility” is any site where gasoline is
dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage
tanks.
Ce) “Bulk gasoline terminal” is a gasoline storage facility which
receives gasoline from refineries primarily by pipeline, ship, or
barge, and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to
commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank truck; and has a
daily average throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 gal)
of gasoline.
(f) “Bulk gasoline plant” is a gasoline storage and distribution
facility with a daily average throughput of 76,000 liters (20,000
gal) or less which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by
gasoline tank truck, stores it in tanks, and subsequently
dispenses the gasoline via account trucks to local farms,
businesses, and gasoline dispensing facilities.
(g) “Vapor collection system” is a vapor transport system which
directs vapors from the vessel being loaded into either a vessel
being unloaded or a vapor control system or vapor holding tank.
(h) “Vapor control system” is a system that is designed to control the
release of volatile organic compounds displaced from a vessel
during transfer of gasoline.
(2) No owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck, vapor control system, or
vapor collection system subject to this rule may cause, allow, or permit
the discharge into the atmosphere of any volatile organic compounds,
except as provided in Rules 1200-3- 18- .04 or .42 or Paragraph (5) of
this rule, unless the following requirements are satisfied:
(a) No owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck subject to this rule
may allow loading or unloading unless the gasoline tank truck:
1. Sustains a pressure change of no more than 750 pascals (3
in. of H 2 0) or evacuated to a gauge vacuum of 1,500 pascals
(6 in. of H 2 0);
2. Is repaired and retested as expeditiously as practical but
not later than within 30 days of testing if this testing
reveals the tank truck does not satisfy the pressure change
16—80— 40
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
standard in (2)(a)1 and;
3. Displays:
Ci) A sticker near the Department of Transportation
certification plate which shows the date that the
gasoline tank truck last passed pressure-tightness and
vacuum-tightness testing and shows the serial number
of the gasoline tank truck; or
(ii) Test date markings which include the month and year of
the date that the tank truck last passed
pressure-tightness and vacuum-tightness testing.
These markings are to be placed immediately below the
DOT-required cargo tank test date markings kind are to
be similar to these DOT-required markings in
durability, legibility, and size;
(b) No owner or operator of a vapor collection system, a vapor control
system, or gasoline loading equipment subject to this rule may
allow loading or unloading unless the system or equipment:
1. Is designed and operated in a manner that prevents:
Ci) Gauge pressure from exceeding 4,500 pascals (18 in. of
H 2 0) and gauge vacuum from exceeding 1,500 pascals (6
in. of H 2 0) in a gasoline tank truck;
(ii) A measurement equal to or greater than 100 percent of
the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as propane)
at 2.5 centimeters from all points on the perimeter of
a potential leak source during loading or unloading
operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk
plants, and bulk terminals; and
(iii) Avoidable visible liquid leaks during loading or
unloading operations at gasoline dispensing
facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals; and
2. Is repaired and retested or reinspected as expeditiously as
practical but not later than within 30 days of discovery of
a defect which prohibits compliance with (2)(b)l,
(c) Records of testing and repairs shall be maintained and identify
the gasoline tank truck, vapor collection system, or vapor control
system; the date of the test or repair; and the type of repair and
the date of retest. Records must be maintained for 2 years after
the date the testing or repair is completed. Records of tests
shall contain data required by the Technical Secretary to verify
compliance with the standards of this rule, and
(d) Copies of subject records and reports shall be made available to
the Technical Secretary upon verbal or written request, at any
reasonable time.
(3) The Technical Secretary shall test or inspect or require testings or
inspection of a gasoline tank truck, vapor collection system, or vapor
control system to confirm continuing compliance with the standards of
(2) (a) or (b) and shall establish a testing or inspection schedule to
assure continuing compliance.
16—80— 41
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(4) This rule is applicable to vapor collection and control systems at bulk
plants, bulk terminals, and gasoline dispensing facilities regulated by
Rules 1200-3-18-.08, .09 and .10 and to gasoline tank trucks equipped
for gasoline vapor collection and which load or unload at regulated
plants, terminals, or facilities in Davidson County.
(5) The owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck or facility subject to
this rule must, before December 31, 1982, complete initial testing and
certify to the Technical Secretary that the required testing has been
accomplished and the standards of (2) (a) or (b) have been satisfied.
(6) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be consistent
with the requirements of Rule 1200-3-18- .43 and provided by:
(a) For (2)(a)l, test procedures approved by the Technical Secretary
and consistent with Appendix A of the OAQPS Guideline Series
Document, “Control of Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank
Trucks and Vapor Collection System, EPA-450/2-78-051, or an
equivalent procedure approved by the Technical Secretary, and
(b) For (2)(b)l(ii), monitoring to confirm the continuing existence of
leaktight conditions, approved by the Technical Secretary and
consistent with the procedures described in Appendix B of the
OAQPS Guideline Series document, “Control of Organic Compound
Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems,
EPA-450/2-78-05l, or an equivalent procedure approved by the
Technical Secretary.
Authority: TCA 53 -3412. Emergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1980. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981. Amended effective March
2, 1983.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Data Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
3rd Revision APR 22, 1983 JUL 27, 1984 49 FR 30176
16—80— 42
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18- .23 PETROLEUM REFINERY EQUIPMENT LEAKS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Petroleum refinery” is any facility engaged in producing
gasoline, aromatics, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel
oils, lubricants, asphalt, or other products through distillation
of petroleum or through redistillation, cracking, rearrangement or
reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.
(b) “Component” is any piece of equipment which has the potential to
leak volatile organic compounds when tested in the manner
described in Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document,
“Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Petroleum
Refinery Equipment, EPA-450/2-78-036 or other method approved by
the Technical Secretary. This includes, but is not limited to,
pumping seals, compressor seals, seal oil degassing vents,
pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure relief
devices, process drains, and open ended pipes.
(c) “Valves not externally regulated” are valves that have no
external controls, such as in-line check valves.
(2) No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery operation subject to this
rule may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of
any volatile organic compounds from that operation, except as provided
in Rules 1200-3-18-.04 or .42 or Paragraph (4) of this rule, unless:
(a) The owner or operator conducted an inspection program approved by
the Technical Secretary and organized to detect, identify, and
facilitate repair of leaks from components. Pressure relief
devices which are connected to an operating flare header, vapor
recovery devices, inaccessible valves, storage tank valves, and
valves that are not externally regulated are exempt from inclusion
in this inspection program.
(b) The owner or operator, upon detection of a leaking component,
shall:
1. Repair and retest the leaking component no later than 15
days after the leak is found unless the leaking component
cannot be repaired until the unit is shutdown for
turnaround.
2. Maintain a log which shall contain the following data:
(i) Identification of the leaking component,
(ii) The date on which the leaking component is discovered,
and
(iii) The date on which a leaking component is repaired, and
3. Copies of the log shall:
(3.) Be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of
2 years after the date on which the record was made,
and
16—80— 43
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(ii) Be made available to the Technical Secretary upon
request, and
(C) Except for a safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator
shall install or operate a valve at the end of a pipe or line
containing volatile organic compounds unless the pipe or line is
sealed with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug or a cap.
(3) This rule applies to volatile organic compounds emissions from petroleum
ref inery components leaks, except from recycling of waste oils.
(4) The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery operation subject to this
rule shall:
(a) Submit to the Technical Secretary a proposal for an inspection
program by January 1, 1982.
(b) Have instituted an approved inspection program by December 31,
1982.
(5) Testing and calibration procedures to determine compliance with this
rule must be consistent with Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series
document, “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Petroleum
Ref inery Equipment,” EPA-450/2-78-036 or other procedures approved by
the Technical Secretary.
Authority: TCA 53-3412. Emergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1999
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 44
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Rule 1200-3—18-. 24 (Reserved)
S1200-3-18- .25 PETROLEUM LIQUID STORAGE IN EXTERNAL FLOATING ROOF TANKS
(1) For the purposes of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Condensate” is hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas
which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure
and remains liquid at standard conditions.
(b) “Crude oil” is a naturally occurring mixture which consists of
hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of
hydrocarbons which is a liquid at standard conditions.
(c) “Lease custody transfer” is the transfer of crude oil and/or
condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing
operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to
pipelines or any other forms of transportation.
(d) “External floating roof” is a storage vessel cover in an open top
tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which
rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being
contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close
the space between the roof edge and tank wall.
(e) “Liquid-mounted seal” is a primary seal mounted in continuous
contact with the liquid between the tank wall and the floating
roof around the circumference of the tank.
(f) “Petroleum liquids” are crude oil, condensate, and any finished or
intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum
refinery.
(g) “Vapor-mounted seal” is a primary seal mounted so there is an
annular vapor space underneath the seal. The annular vapor space
is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the tank wall, the
liquid surface, and the floating roof.
(h) “Waxy, heavy pour crude oil” is a crude oil with a pour point of
50 o F or higher as determined by the American Society for Testing
and Materials Standards D97-66,”Test for Pour Point of Petroleum
Oils.
(2) No owner or operator of a storage vessel subject to this rule may cause,
allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any volatile
organic compounds from that vessel, except as provided in Rules
1200-3-18- .04 or .42 or Paragraph (5) of this rule, unless:
(a) The vessel has been fitted with:
1. A continuous secondary seal extending from the floating roof
to the tank wall (rim-mounted secondary seal) for which:
(i) There are no visible holes, tears, or other openings
in the seals or seal fabrics;
16—80— 45
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(ii) The seals are intact and uniformly in place around the
circumference of the floating roof between the
floating roof and the tank wall; and
(iii) For vapor mounted primary seals, the accumulated area
of gaps exceeding 0.32 cm (1/8 in.) in width between
the secondary seal and the tank wall shall not exceed
2.12 cm 2 per meter of tank diameter (1.0 in. 2 per ft.
of t ank diameter), or
2. A seal, closure, or other device or devices which control
volatile organic compound emissions with an effectiveness
equal to or greater than a seal as described in (2)(a)1.
(b) Openings in the external floating roof, except for automatic
bleeder vents, rim space vents,and leg sleeves, are:
1. Equipped with covers, seals, or lids in the closed position
except when the openings are in actual use and
2. Equipped with projections into the tank which remain below
the liquid surface at all times.
(c) Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the
roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports;
(d) Rim vents are set to open when the roof is being floated off the
leg supports or at the manufacturer’s reconunended setting,
(e) Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted membrane fabric
covers or equivalent covers which cover at least 90 percent of the
area of the opening;
(f) Measurements and inspections are performed annually;
(g) Records of the types of volatile petroleum liquids stored,the
maximum true vapor pressure of the liquid as stored, and the
results of measurements and inspections performed are maintained;
and
(h) Records required to be maintained shall be retained by the owner
or operator for a minimum of two years after the date on which the
record was made and be made available to the Technical Secretary
upon verbal or written request.
(3) The Technical Secretary may require more frequent inspections or modify
monitoring and recordkeeping requirements when necessary to accomplish
thern purposes of this rule.
(4) This rule:
(a) Applies to petroleum liquid storage vessels equipped with external
floating roofs, having capacities greater than 150,000 liters
(40,000 gal) but
(b) Does not apply to petroleum liquid storage vessels which:
1. Are used to store waxy, heavy pour crude oil;
2. Have capacities less than 1,600,000 liters (420,000 gal) and
16—80— 46
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
are used to store crude oil and condensate prior to lease
custody transfer;
3. Contain petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure less
than 10.5 kPa (1.5 psia);
4. Contain petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure less
than 27.6 kPa (4.0 psia) and:
(i) Are of welded construction and
(ii) Possess a metallic-type shoe seal, a liquid-mounted
foam seal, a liquid-mounted liquid filled type seal,
or other closure device of demonstrated equivalence
approved by the Technical Secretary, or
5. Are of welded construction, equipped with a metallic-type
shoe primary seal, and has a secondary seal from the top of
the shoe seal to the tank wall (shoe-mounted secondary seal)
or a device of demonstrated equivalence approved by the
Technical Secretary.
(5) The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to
this rule shall:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress contained in the
following schedule for installation of a secondary seal, closure,
or other emission reduction device:
1. Submit final plans for the emission control technique before
April 1, 1981,
2. Award contracts for the emission control system before July
1, 1981.
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1981,
4. Complete construction or installation before December 1,
1982, and
5. Achieve final compliance before December 31, 1982.
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after the
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(6) Compliance with (2)(a)1.(iii) shall be determined by measuring the
length and width of all gaps around the circumference of the secondary
seal in each place where a 0.32 cm (1/8 in.) uniform diameter probe
passes freely (without forcing or binding against the seal) between the
seal and tank wall and summing the areas of the individual gaps.
Authority: TCA 53 -3412. E nergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
16—80— 47
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF .3UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 48
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-i.8- .26 MANUFACTURE OF PNEUMATIC RUBBER TIRES
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Pneumatic, rubber tire manufacture” is the production of
pneumatic, rubber, passenger-type tires on a mass production
basis.
(b) “Passenger-type tires” are agricultural, airplane, industrial,
mobile home, light and medium duty truck, and passenger vehicle
tires with a bead diameter up to but not 20.0 inches and cross
section dimension up to but not 12.8 inches.
(c) “Undertread cementing operation” is the application of a solvent
based cement to the underside of a tire tread.
(d) “Tread-end cementing operation” is the application of a solvent
based cement to the tire tread ends. This application may be done
manually or by automatic spraying.
(e) “Green tires” are assembled tires before molding and curing.
(f) “Green tire spraying operation” is the spraying of green tires,
both inside and outside, with release compounds which help remove
air from the tire during molding and prevent the tire from
sticking to the mold.
(g) “Water-based sprays” are release compounds sprayed on the inside
and outside of green tires, in which solids, water, and
emulsifiers have been substituted for a portion of the organic
solvents.
(h) “Bead dipping operation” is the dipping of an assembled tire bead
into a solvent based cement.
(2) No owner or operator of a manufacturing operation subject to this rule
may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds from that operation, except as provided in
Rules 1200-3-18-.04 or .42 or Paragraph (5) of this rule, unless:
(a) The owner or operator of a subject operation shall install and
operate:
1. A capture system which includes an enclosure or enclosures
of the operation and its conveyors for the purpose of
achieving maximum reasonable capture of evaporated volatile
organic compounds. This system shall be designed consistent
with good ventilation practice such as specified in
Industrial Ventilation - Manual of Recommended Practice,
ACGIH-l4th Edition, and Handbook of Ventilation for
Contaminant Control, McDermatt. This system shall be
operated and maintained to assure that openings to an
enclosure shall have an indraft during normal operation; and
2. A control device having at least a 90.0 percent reduction
efficiency, as measured across the control device,
(b) The owner or operator of a tread-end cementing operation may, in
lieu of using a vapor capture and control system such as specified
16—80— 49
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
in (2) (a), employ tread-end cementing by manual application, if it
can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Technical Secretary
that the employment of manual application results in emission
which are equal to or less than would be achieved in automatic
spraying application with emission controls as specified in
(2) (a),
(c) The owner or operator of a green tire spraying operation may, in
lieu of using a vapor capture and ontro1 system such as specified
in (2)(a), use water-based sprays which contain no more than 10
percent weighted average volatile organic compounds,
(d) The owner or operator of a subject operation may, in lieu of a
vapor capture and control system such as specified in (2) (a), make
process changes which result in an emission reduction which is as
much or more than the reduction which would be achieved with
emission controls as specified in (2)(a),
(e) The owner or operator of a subject operation may, in lieu of using
a vapor capture and control system such as specified in (2)(a),
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Technical Secretary that
average emissions of volatile organic compounds are no greater
than the following:
1. For undertread cementing, 28.8 grains per tire,
2. For tread-end cementing, 4.6 grams per tire,
3. For bead dipping, 2.1 grams per tire, or
4. For green tire spraying, 21.4 grams per tire, or
(f) The owner or operator of a facility with more than one type of
subject operation may, in lieu of using a vapor capture and
control system such as specified in (2) (a) for each operation,
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Technical Secretary that
the sum of average emissions of volatile organic compounds per
tire from the subject operations is no greater than the sum of the
emission levels as specified in (2) (e) for the respective subject
operations.
(3) This rule applies to the following operations in pneumatic rubber
passenger type tire manufacturing:
(a) Undertread cementing,
(b) Tread-end cementing,
(c) Bead dipping, and
(d) Green tire spraying.
(4) This rule applies to facilities having potential emissions from subject
pneumatic rubber tires manufacturing operations of volatile organic
compounds of 100 or more tons per year in rural counties or 25 or more
tons per year in urban counties.
(5) The owner or operator of a facility with operations subject to this rule
shall:
16—80— 50
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress in the following
schedule:
1. Submit final plans from emission control technique before
April 1, 1981,
2. Award contracts or purchase orders before July 1, 1981,
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1981,
4. Complete onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1982, and
5. Achieve final compliance before December 31, 1982, and
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after the
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(6) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be provided
by:
(a) Methods approved by the Technical Secretary and consistent with:
1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile
Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041,
2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of
Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light- Duty
Trucks,” EPA-450/2-77-008, and
3. Rules 1200-3-18-.43 and .45,
(b) Certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the green
tire spray, if supported by batch formulation records and approved
by the Technical Secretary, may be accepted as a green tire spray
analysis, and
(c) Monitoring of process equipment and emission control equipment as
required by the Technical Secretary to confirm continued
compliance.
Authority: TCA 53-3412. Emergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: IJULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 51
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-18- .27 MANUFACTURE OF SYNTHESXZED PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing” is the manufacture of
pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis;
(b) “Condenser” is a device which cools a gas stream to a temperature
which removes organic compounds by condensation.
(c) “Control system” is any number of control devices, including
condensers, which are designed and operated to reduce the quantity
of volatile organic compounds emitted to the atmosphere;
(d) “Exhaust system” is a device for collecting and directing out of
the work area volatile organic compound fugitive emissions from
the reactor openings, centrifuge openings, and other vessel
openings for the purpose of protecting workers from excessive
volatile organic compounds exposure;
(e) “Reactor” is a vat or vessel which may be jacketed to allow
temperature control and is designed to contain chemical reactions;
(2) No owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing
facility subject to this rule may cause, allow, or permit the discharge
into the atmosphere of any volatile organic compounds from that
facility, except as provided in Rule 1200-3-18- .04 or .42 or Paragraph
(4) of this rule, unless:
(a) From reactors, distillation operations, crystallizers, centrifuges
and vacuum dryers that have the potential to emit 6.80 kg/day (15
lb/day) or more of volatile organic compounds, condensers or
equivalent control systems shall be used, provided that:
1. If condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas temperature
must not exceed:
- (i) -25°C when condensing volatile organic compounds of
vapor pressure greater than 40.0 kPa (5.8 psi) at
20°C,
(ii) -15°C when condensing volatile organic compounds of
vapor pressure greater than 20.0 kPa (2.9 psi) at
20°C,
(iii) 0°C when condensing volatile organic compounds of
vapor pressure greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psi) at
20°C,
(iv) 10°C when condensing volatile organic compounds of
vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psi) at 20°C,
or
(v) 25°C when condensing volatile organic compounds of
vapor pressure greater than 3.50 kPa (0.5 psi) at
20°C, or
2. If equivalent control systems are used, the volatile organic
compounds emissions must not be in excess of what would be
16—80— 52
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
emitted by using condensers which meet the requirements
above.
(b) From all dryers and production equipment exhaust
systems;
1. Achieve at least 90 percent control efficiency if total
facility uncontrolled emissions are 150 kg/day (330 lb/day)
or more, or
2. Reduce emissions to 15.0 kg/day (33 lb/day) or less if total
facility uncontrolled emissions are less than 150 kg/day
(330 lb/day),
(c) Provide a vapor balance system or equivalent control system with
control efficiency of at least 90.0 percent for control of
emissions from truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with
capacities greater than 7,500 liters (2,000 gallons) that store
volatile organic compounds with vapor pressures greater than 28.0
kPa (4.1 psi) at 20°C;
(d) Install pressure/vacuum conservation vents set at +0.2 kPa on all
storage tanks that store volatile organic compounds with vapor
pressures greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psi) at 20°C, unless a more
effective control system is used,
(e) Enclose all centrifuges, rotary vacuum filters, and other filters
having an exposed liquid surface, where the liquid contains
volatile organic compounds and exerts a total volatile organic
compounds vapor pressure of 3.50 kP (0.5 psi) or more at 20°C,
(f) Install covers on all in-process tanks containing volatile organic
compounds, and
(g) Repair leaks of liquids containing volatile organic compounds.
(3) This rule applies to operations which are sources of volatile organic
compounds, including reactors, distillation units, dryers, storage of
volatile organic compounds, transfer of volatile organic compounds,
extraction equipment, filters, crystallizers and centrifuges that have
the potential to emit 6.8 kg/day (15 lb/day) or more in synthesized
pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities have total facility potential
emissions, from subject operations of volatile organic compounds of 100
or more tons per year in rural counties of 25 or more tons per year in
urban counties.
(4) The owner or operator of a facility subject to this rule must:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress contained in the
following schedule:
1. Submit final plans for the emission control techniques
before April 1, 1981,
2. Award contracts or purchase orders before July 1, 1981.
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
31, 1981,
4. Complete onsite construction or installation before December
16—80— 53
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
1, 1982, and
5. Achieve final compliance before December 31, 1982,
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after the
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(5) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be provided
by:
(a) Methods approved by the Technical Secretary and consistent with:
1. EPA Guideline Series document, Measurement of Volatile
Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041 and
2. Rules 1200-3—18-.43 and .45 and
(b) Monitoring of process equipment and emission control equipment as
required by the Technical Secretary to confirm continued
compliance.
Authority: TCA 68-25-105. Emergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Data Submitted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Regiater Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 54
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .28 PERCHLOROETHYLENE DRY CLEANING
(1) For the purpose of this rule, “perchloroethylene dry cleaning” is the
cleaning of fabrics in perchloroethylene solvent by means of one or more
washes in the solvent, extraction of excess solvent by spinning, and
drying by tumbling in an airstream, the operation including but is not
limited to washers, dryers, filter and purification systems, waste
disposal systems, holding tanks, pumps, and attendant piping and valves.
(2) No owner or operator of a perchloroethylene dry cleaning facility
subject to this rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the
atmosphere of any volatile organic compounds from the operation, except
as provided in Rules 1200-3-18- .04 or .42, or Paragraph (5) of this
rule, unless the owner or operator shall:
(a) Vent the dryer exhaust through a carbon adsorption system or
equally effective control device;
(b) Emit no more than 100 ppmv of volatile organic compounds from the
dryer control device before dilution;
Cc) Maintain all components to prevent leaking of liquid volatile
organic compounds;
(d) Cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that the residue
contains 25 kg or less of volatile organic compounds per 100 kg of
wet waste material;
(e) Not exceed the allowance of volatile organic compounds from all
solvent stills of 60 kg or less per 100 kg of wet waste material;
(f) Drain all filtration cartridges, in the filter housing, for at
least 24 hours before discarding cartridges; and
(g) When possible, dry all drained cartridges without emitting
volatile organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(3) Subparagraphs (2) (a) and (b) do not apply to a facility if:
(a) The facility is coin-operated,
(b) Insufficient steam capacity is available for desorbing of
adsorption equipment, or
(c) Space is not available to accommodate adsorption equipment.
(4) The rule applies to facilities in Davidson County and to facilities
having potential emissions from subject perchloroethylene dry cleaning
of volatile organic compounds of 100 or more tons per year in rural
counties or 25 or more tons per year in Shelby and Hamilton Counties.
(5) The owner or operator of a facility subject to this rule must:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress in the following
schedule:
1. Award contracts, issue purchase orders, or otherwise order
the emission control system and process equipment, before
April 1, 1981,
16—80— 55
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
2. Complete installation of the emission control and process
equipment, before March 1, 1982, and
3. Achieve final compliance before April 1, 1982, and
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after the
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(6) When so directed and required by the Technical Secretary, proof of
compliance with the standards of this rule shall be provided:
(a) For (2)(a), (c), (f) and (g) by means of visible inspection,
(b) For (2) (b) by methods approved by the Technical Secretary and
consistent with EPA Guidelines Series do document, “Measurement of
Volatile Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041,
(c) For (2) (d) and Ce) by methods approved by the Technical Secretary
and consistent with the procedure in the American National
Standards Institute paper, “Standard Method of Test for Dilution
of Gasoline Engine Crankcase Oils,” and
Cd) Consistent with Rule 1200-3-18-.43.
Authorit:y: TCA 53 -3412. Emergency rule in effect: December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 56
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.29 GRAPHIC ARTS - ROTOGRAVURE AND FLEXOGRAPHY
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Packaging rotogravure printing” is rotogravure printing upon
paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other
substrates, which are in subsequent operations formed into
packaging products and labels for articles to be sold.
(b) “Publication rotogravure printing” is rotogravure printing upon
paper which is subsequently formed in books, magazines,
catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper supplements, and
other types of printed materials intended for either external or
in-house use.
(c) “Flexographic printing” is the application of words, designs, and
pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique in
which the pattern to be applied is raised above the printing roll
and the image carrier is made of rubber or other elastomeric
materials.
(d) “Rotogravure printing” is the application of words, designs, and
pictures to substrate by means of a roll printing technique which
involves and [ sic?] intaglio or recessed image areas in the form
of cells.
(e) “Roll printing” is the application of words, designs and pictures
to a substrate usually by means of a series of hard rubber or
steel rolls each with only partial coverage.
(f) “Coating” is the application of a uniform layer of material across
the width of the substrate surface.
(g) “Printing operation” includes all printing, coating, oven, and
drying units in a printing line.
(2) No owner or operator of a printing facility subject to this rule may
cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any
volatile organic compounds from a printing operation, except as provided
in Rules 1200-3-18- .04 or .42 or Paragraph (5) of this rule, unless:
(a) the volatile fraction of the ink, as it is applied to the
substrate, contains 25.0 percent by volume or less of organic
compounds and 75.0 percent by volume or more of water; or
(b) The ink, less its water content, as it is applied to the
substrate, contains 60.0 percent by volume or more nonvolatile
material; or,
(c) The owner or operator installs and operates an emission reduction
system demonstrated to provide an overall reduction in volatile
organic compound emissions, as compared with uncontrolled
emissions, of at least:
1. 75.0 percent where a publication rotogravure process is
employed;
2. 65.0 percent where a packaging rotogravure process is
employed; and,
16—80— 57
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
3. 60.0 percent where a flexographic printing process is
employed.
(3) This rule applies to packaging rotogravure, publication rotogravure, and
flexographic printing operations.
(4) This rule applies to facilities having potential emissions from subject
printing operations of volatile organic compounds of 100 or more tons
per year.
(5) The owner or operator of a facility subject to this rule must:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress in the following
schedules:
1. Submit final plans for emission control technique before
April 1, 1981,
2. Award contracts or purchase orders before July 1, 1981,
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1981,
4. Complete onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1982, and
5. Achieve final compliance before December 31, 1982, and
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after the
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(6) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be provided
by:
(a) Methods approved by the Technical Secretary and consistent with:
1. EPA Guidelines Series document, Measurement of Volatile
Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041;
2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Existing Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans,
Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks,
EPA—450/2—77— 008; and
3. Rules 1200—3—18—.43 and .45,
(b) Certification by the ink manufacturer of the composition of the
ink, if supported by actual batch formulation records and approved
by the Technical Secretary, may be accepted as an ink solvent
analysis; and
(c) Monitoring of process equipment and emission control equipment as
required by the Technical Secretary to confirm continued
compliance.
Authority: TCA 53-3412. Emergency rule in effect December 31, 1980 through
April 30, 1981. Permanent rule effective May 7, 1981.
16—80— 58
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Regieter Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 59
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3- 18- .30 SURFACE COATING OF AEROSPACE COMPONENTS
(1) For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Adhesive Bonding Primer” is a coating applied in a very thin film
to aerospace metal adhesive bond detail components for corrosion
protection and adhesion.
(b) “Aerospace Component” is the fabricated part, assembly of parts,
or completed unit of any aircraft, helicopter, missile or space
vehicle.
Cc) “Flight Test Coating” is a coating applied to test aircraft to
protect from corrosion and to provide required marking during
flight test evaluation.
Cd) “Fuel Tank Coating” is a coating applied to the interior of fuel
tank of an aircraft to protect it from corrosion.
(e) “Maskant for Chemical Etching is a coating applied directly to an
aerospace component to protect those areas when etching other
parts of the component.
CE) “Primer” is a coating usually applied directly to the aerospace
component for purposes of corrosion prevention, protection from
the environment, functional fluid resistance and adhesion of
subsequent coatings.
(g) “Space Vehicle Coating” is a coating applied to vehicles used
beyond earth’s atmosphere.
(h) “Stripper” is a volatile liquid applied to remove temporary
protective coating, maskant for chemical etchant, paint and paint
residue.
Ci) “Temporary Protective Coating is a coating applied to an
aerospace component to protect it from mechanical and
environmental damage during manufacturing.
(j) “Topcoat” is a coating applied over a primer or directly to the
aerospace component for purposes such as appearance or
identification.
(2) No owner or operator of an aerospace component coating line subject to
this rule may cause, allow or permit the discharge into the atmosphere
of any volatile organic compound after August 1, 1982 in excess of the
following, except as provided for in Rules 1200-3-18-. 04 and .42 and
Paragraph (3) of this rule.
(a) 0.65 Kg/i (5.4 lb/gal) of primer, excluding water, delivered to
the coating applicator from primer operations,
(b) 0.60 Kg/l (5.0 lb/gal) of top coating, excluding water, delivered
to the coat applicator from top coat operations,
Cc) 0.25 Kg/l (2.1 lb/gal) of temporary top coating, excluding water,
delivered to the coating applicator from a temporary top coating
operation,
16—80— 60
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(d) Use volatile organic compound of composite vapor pressure of 77.6
mmHg (1.5 psia) or greater at a temperature of 21.1°C (70°C) for
surface preparation or cleanup, excluding paint remover.
(e) Use other than closed containers for disposal of cloth or paper
impregnated with solvent containing volatile organic compounds
which are used for surface preparation, cleanup and paint removal,
(f) Use volatile organic compounds for the cleanup of spray equipment
in aerospace component coating operations unless 85% of the
volatile organic compounds are collected and properly disposed
such that they are not emitted to the atmosphere, and
(g) 0.40 Kg/l (3.3 lb/gal) of stripper, excluding water, delivered to
the coating applicator from stripper operations.
(3) Subparagraphs (2) (a) and (b) shall not apply until December 31, 1982 to
coating of aerospace components procured by the Federal Government.
(4) No owner or operator of an aerospace component primer coating line
subject to this rule may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the
atmosphere of a volatile organic compound after January 1, 1985 in
excess of 0.35 Kg/i (2.9 lb/gal) of primer, excluding water, delivered
to the coating applicator, except as provided for in Rule 1200- 3-18- .04
and .42 and Paragraph (5) of this rule.
(5) The owner or operator of a coating operation subject to Paragraph (4)
shall:
(a) Meet the applicable increments of progress in the following
schedule:
1. Submit final plans for the emission control technique before
January 1, 1983,
2. Award contracts or purchase orders before July 1, 1983,
3. Initiate onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1983,
4. Complete onsite construction or installation before December
1, 1984, and
5. Achieve final compliance before January 2, 1985, and
(b) Certify to the Technical Secretary within 20 days after each
deadline for each applicable increment of progress whether the
required increment has been met.
(6) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraphs (2) and (4), a person may
comply with Paragraphs (2) and (4) by reducing emissions from such
coating operations provided that:
(a) The emission reductions are at least equal to those which would be
obtained by the use of coating specified in Paragraphs (2) and
(4); and
(b) The emission reduction methods are applied, to the coating
operations subject to the provisions of this rule and are approved
by the Technical Secretary.
16—80— 61
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(7) This rule applies to the coating applicators, ovens, and quench areas of
aerospace coating lines involved in primer and top coating.
(8) Subparagraphs (2)(a), (b) and (c) and Paragraph (4) shall not apply to
the following materials:
(a) Coatings for masking and chemical etching operations,
(b) Adhesive bonding primer,
(c) Flight test coatings,
(d) Space vehicle coatings, and
(e) Fuel tank coatings.
(9) This rule applies to facilities having potential emissions from
aerospace component operations not otherwise exempt from this rule of
volatile organic compounds of 100 or more tons per year in rural
counties or 25 or more tons per year in urban counties.
(10) Proof of compliance with the standards of this rule shall be provided
by:
(a) Methods approved by the Technical Secretary and consistent with:
1. EPA Guideline Series document, “Measurement of Volatile
Organic Compounds,” EPA-450/2-78-041,
2. Appendix A of “Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Existing Stationary Sources-Volume II: Surface Coatings of
Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty
Trucks,” EPA-450/2-77-008, and
3. Rules l200-3—l8-.43,.44, and .45,
(b) Certification by the manufacturer of the composition of coatings,
if supported by batch formulation records and approved by the
Technical Secretary, may be accepted as the coating analyses, and
(c) Monitoring of process equipment and emission control equipment as
required by the Technical Secretary to confirm continued
compliance.
Authority: TCA 53 -3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
March 2, 1983.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Data Submitted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 62
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
31200-3-18-.31 through 1200-3-18-.39 (RESERVED)
S1200-3-18- .40 REGULATIONS REQUIRED ONLY IN METROPOLITAN DAVIDSON COUNTY
(1) This rule applies only in Metropolitan Davidson County.
(2) In accordance with 1200-3-18- .41, all facilities with existing sources
with actual volatile organic compound emissions totaling more than 1000
tons/year or greater shall utilize reasonably available control
technology (RACT).
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule certified
November 16, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 63
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .41 COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
(1) Process Equipment and Control Device
(a) The owner or operator of an existing source of volatile organic
compound emissions subject to the standards in Rules 1200-3-18- .05
through .19 proposing to install and operate a control device
and/or replacement process equipment to comply shall adhere to the
increments of progress contained in the following schedule:
1. Final plans for the emission control device and/or process
equipment must be submitted before November 1, 1979.
2. Contracts for the emission control systems and/or process
equipment must be awarded or orders must be issued for
purchase of component parts before March 1, 1980.
3. Initiation of on-site construction of control device or
process equipment before October 1, 1980.
4. On-site construction or installation of the control device
or process equipment completed before October 1, 1981.
5. Final compliance, [ sic?1 shall be determined before November
1, 1981 in accordance with the method(s) specified by the
Technical Secretary.
6. Any owner or operator of an existing emission source subject
to the compliance schedule of this section shall certify to
the Technical Secretary within 20 days after the deadline
for each increment of progress, whether the required
increment of progress has been met.
(2) Low Solvent Content Coating.
(a) The owner or operator of an existing source of volatile organic
compound emission subject to the standards in Rules 1200-3-18- .05
through .19 proposing to employ low solvent content coating
technology to comply shall adhere to the increments of progress
contained in the following schedule:
1. Final plans for the application of low solvent content
coating technology must be submitted before November 1,
1979.
2. Research and development of low solvent content coating must
be completed before May 1, 1980.
3. Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptance must
be completed before November 1, 1980.
4. Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content
coatings and process modifications before January 1, 1981.
5. Initiation of process modifications must begin before March
1, 1981.
6., Process modifications must be completed and use of low
solvent content coatings must begin before August 1, 1981.
16—80— 64
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
7. Final compliance shall be determined before September 1,
1981 in accordance with the method(s) specified by the
Technical Secretary.
8. Any owner or operator of an existing source subject to the
compliance schedule of this section shall certify to the
Technical Secretary within 20 days after the deadline for
each increment of progress, whether the required increment
of progress has been met.
(3) Equipment Modification.
(a) The owner or operator of an existing source of volatile organic
compound emissions subject to the standards in Rules 1200-3-18- .05
through .19 proposing to comply by modifications of existing
process equipment shall adhere to the increments of progress
contained in the following schedule:
1. Final plans for process modification must be submitted
before November 1, 1979.
2. Contracts for process modifications must be awarded or
orders must be issued for the purchase of component parts to
accomplish process modifications before March 1, 1980.
3. Initiation of on-site construction or installation of
process modifications must begin before October 1, 1980.
4. On-site construction or installation of process
modifications must be completed before October 1, 1981.
5. Final compliance shall be determined before November 1, 1981
in accordance with the method(s) specified by the Technical
Secretary.
6. Any owner or operator of an existing source subject to the
compliance schedule of this section shall certify to the
Technical Secretary within 30 days after the deadline for
each increment of progress, whether the required increment
of progress has been met.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended effective January 28, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 65
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .42 INDIVIDUAL COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
(1) A facility may petition for a source specific compliance schedule
extending beyond those categorical compliance schedules contained in
1200-3-18- .41 and other rules in this Chapter only if one or more of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(a) The facility demonstrates that it is physically impossible for the
source(s) in question to comply with the date(s) in the
categorical schedule.
(b) That, by allowing additional time, innovative technology will be
applied and the reductions to be achieved will be significantly
greater than that from the applicable emission standard. That the
facility agrees that this revised value will be contained on the
permit(s) as a condition of source(s) operation.
(c) Additional time is necessary to allow for the development of low
solvent systems rather than apply add-on controls.
(d) The facility in question is a part of a Statewide or multistate
program to prioritize the sequence of installing controls at a
number similar sources owned or controlled by the same company,
and the overall compliance program is as expeditious as
practicable.
(2) Individual compliance schedules approved under this section must
contain the below alphabetical increments of progress and achieve
final compliance with the specified emission standard no later than
July 1, 1987.
(a) Date control plan will be submitted.
(b) Date contract will be awarded.
(c) Date initial construction will commence.
(d) Date construction will be completed.
(e) Date final compliance will be achieved.
(3) Individual compliance schedules approved under this section will be
subjected to a public hearing and incorporated as a revision to the
State Implementation Plan. The facility requesting such Individual
Compliance Schedule shall be responsible for all costs associated with
the required legal notices.
(4) No individual compliance schedule will be granted if such a revised
schedule would interfere with reasonable further progress in Davidson,
Shelby or Hamilton counties.
(5) The petition for the individual compliance schedule must be received by
the Technical Secretary in the Nashville office prior to the first date
contained in the applicable compliance schedule.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Adininistr tive History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979. Amended effective October 19, 1981. Amended effective January
28,1982.
16—80— 66
-------
Priuted: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80- 67
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .43 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(1) The owner or operator of any new or existing source required to comply
with standards contained in this Chapter shall, at his own expense, when
so directed by the Technical Secretary, demonstrate compliance by the
following methods or an alternative method approved by the Technical
Secretary.
(2) No volatile organic compound emissions compliance testing will be
allowed, nor the results accepted, unless prior notification has been
supplied to the Technical Secretary as required under paragraph (3) and
(4) of this rule and the Technical Secretary has granted approval.
(3) Any person proposing to conduct a volatile organic compound emissions
compliance test shall notify the Technical Secretary of the intent to
test not less than 30 days before the proposed initiation of the tests
so the Technical Secretary may, at his option, observe the test.
(4) For compliance determination, the owner or operator of any new or
existing source shall be responsible for providing:
(a) sampling ports, pipes, lines, or appurtenances for the collection
of samples and data required by the test procedure; and,
(b) safe access to the sample and data collection locations; and,
(c)light, electricity, and other utilities required for sample and data
collection.
(5) A copy (or copies) of the test report shall be submitted to the
Technical Secretary by the prescribed time period in a format stipulated
by the Technical Secretary.
Authorit:y: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 68
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .44 DETERMINATIONS OF VOLATILE CONTENT OF SURFACE COATINGS
(1) This method applies, in accordance with 1200-3-18- .43, to paint,
varnish, lacquer, and surface coatings which are air-dried or
force-dried.
(2) This method does not apply to any coating system requiring a special
curing process such as:
(a) exposure to temperatures in excess of’ 110°C (230°F) to promote
thermal cross-linking; or,
(b) exposure to ultraviolet light to promote cross-linking.
(3) For the purposes of this method, the applicable surface coatings are
divided into three classes. They are:
(a) Class I: General Solvent-Type Paints. This class includes white
linseed oil outside paint, white soya and phthalic alkyd enamel,
white linseed ophthalic alkyd enamel, red lead primer, zinc
chromate primer, flat white inside enamel, white epoxy enamel,
white vinyl toluene modified alkyd, white amino modified baking
enamel, and other solvent- type paints not included in Class II.
(b) Class II: Varnishes and Lacquers. This class includes emulsion or
latex paints and colored enamels.
(4) For the purpose of this method, a representative sample of the surface
coating shall be obtained at the point of delivery to the coater or any
other point in the process that the Technical Secretary approves.
(5) The volatile organic content of the sample shall be determined as
follows:
(a) Assign the coating to one of the three classes in paragraph (3) of
this section. Assign any coating not clearly belongs [ sic--is
this ‘be1onging” perhaps?] to Class II or III to Class I.
(b) Determine the density Dm (in grams/cubic centimeter) of the paint,
varnish, lacquer, or related product according to procedure
outlined in ASTM D 1475-60, Standard Method of Test for Density of
Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. Then, depending on
the class of the coating, use one of the following specified
procedures to determine the volatile content:
1. Class I. Use the procedure in ASTM D 2369-73, Standard
Method of Test for Volatile Content of Paints.
(i) Record the following information:
W 1 = Weight of dish and sample, grams
W 2 = Weight of dish and sample after heating, grams
S = Sample weight, grams
16—80— 69
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(ii) Compute the volatile matter content C., (in grams/liter
of paint) as follows:
(W 1 — W 2 ) (Dm) (lOs)
Cv = ________________________________
S
(iii) To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallon, multiply C ,
by 8.3455 x 10 .
2. Class II. Use the procedure in ASTM D 1644-59 Method A,
Standard Methods of Test for Nonvolatile Content of
Varnishes (Do not use Method B).
(i) Record the following information:
A = Weight of dish, grains
B = Weight of sample used, grains
C = Weight of dish and contents after heating, grams
(ii) Compute the volatile matter content C (in
grams/liter) as follows:
(A+B—C) (D ) (103)
C . ,= B
(iii) To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallon, multiply C
by 8.3455 x 10 .
3. Class III. Use the procedure in ASTM D 2369-73, Standard
Method of Test for Volatile Content of Paints.
(i) Record the same information as specified in paragraph
(b) (5) Ci) of this rule.
(ii) Determine the water content P (in percent water) of
the paint according to the procedure outlined in
Federal Standard l4la, Method 4082.1, Water in Paint
and Varnishes (Karl Fischer Titration Method).
(iii) Compute the nonaqueous volatile matter content C , (in
grams/liter) as follows:
(W 1 — W 2 — 0.01 PS) (Dm) (10 )
Cv= S
(iv) To convert grains/liters to pounds/gallon, multiply C
by 8.3455 x iO .
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
16—80— 70
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80— 71
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200 -3 -18- .45 TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM EFFICIENCY
(1) The provisions of this section are generally applicable, in accordance
with 1200-3-.43, to any test method employed to determine the collection
or control efficiency of any device or system designed, installed, and
operated for the purpose of reducing volatile organic compound
emissions.
(2) The following procedures shall be included in any efficiency
determination:
(a) The volatile organic compound containing material shall be sampled
and analyzed in a manner approved by the Technical Secretary such
that the quantity of emissions that could result from the use of
the material can be quantified.
(b) The efficiency of any capture system used to transport the
volatile organic compound emissions from their point of
origination to the control equipment shall be computed using
accepted engineering practice and in a manner approved by the
Technical Secretary.
(C) Samples of the volatile organic compound containing gas stream
shall be taken simultaneously at the inlet and outlet of the
emissions control device in a manner approved by the Technical
Secretary.
(d) The total combustible carbon content of the samples shall be
determined by a method approved by the Technical Secretary.
(e) The efficiency of the control device shall be expressed as the
fraction of total combustible carbon content reduction achieved.
(f) The volatile organic compound mass emission rate shall be the sum
of emissions from the control device, emissions not collected by
the capture system and capture system losses.
Authority: T.C.A. 68-25-105.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF
LAST UPDATE:
Data Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUN 28, 1979 AUG 13, 1980 45 FR 53809
1st Revision JUL 02, 1979 AUG 13, 1980 45 FR 53809
2nd Revision MAY 08, 1980 AUG 13, 1980 45 FR 53809
16—80— 72
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18- .46 TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF SOLVENT METAL CLEANING
ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSIONS
(1) This method is applicable to determining (“in determining”?] volatile
organic compound emissions from solvent metal cleaning equipment in
accordance with 1200-3-l2-.43.
(2) The purpose of this method is to quantify, by material balance, the
amount of solvent input into a degreaser over a sufficiently long period
of time so that an average emission rate can be computed.
(3) The following procedure shall be followed to perform a material balance
test:
(a) Clean the degreaser sump before testing.
(b) Record the amount of solvent added to the tank with a flow meter.
(c) Record the weight and type of work load degreased each day.
(d) At the end of the test run, pump out the used solvent and measure
the amount with a flow meter. Also, estimate the volume of metal
chips and other material remaining in the emptied sump,if
significant.
(e) Bottle a sample of the used solvent and analyze it to find the
percent that is oil and other contaminants. The oil and solvent
proportions can be estimated by weighing samples of used solvent
displaced by this oil along with the volume of make-up solvent
added during operations is equal to the solvent emission.
Authority: T.C.A. 68-25-205. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF AUGUST 13, 1980
LAST UPDATE:
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUN 28, 1979 AUG 13, 1980 45 FR 53809
1st Revision JUL 02, 1979 AUG 13, 1980 45 FR 53809
2nd Revision MAY 08, 1980 AUG 13, 1980 45 FR 53809
16-80- 73
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-18-.47 TEST PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINATION OF VOC EMISSIONS FROM BULK
GASOLINE TERMINALS
(1) This test method is applicable to determining volatile organic compound
emissions from bulk gasoline terminals in accordance with 1200-3-18-.43.
(2) Principle. VOC mass emissions are determined directly using flow meters
and hydrocarbon analyzers. The volume of liquid gasoline dispensed is
determined by a computation based on the metered quantity of gasoline at
the loading rack. Test results are expressed in milligrams of
hydrocarbons emitted per liter of gasoline transferred.
(3) Summary of the Method. This method describes the test conditions and
test procedures to be followed in determining the emissions from systems
installed to control volatile organic compound vapors resulting from
tank truck and trailer loading operations at bulk terminals. Under this
procedure, direct measurements are made to compute the hydrocarbon mass
exhausted from the vapor control system. All possible sources of leaks
are qualitatively checked to insure that no uncontrolled vapors are
emitted to the atmosphere. The results are expressed in terms of mass
hydrocarbons emitted per unit volume of gasoline transferred. Emissions
are determined on a total hydrocarbon basis. If methane is present in
the vapors returned from the tank trucks or trailers, provisions are
included for conversion to a total nonniethane hydrocarbon basis.
(4) Applicability. This method is applicable to [ in?] determining VOC
emission rates at tank truck and trailer gasoline loading terminals
employing vapor collection systems and either continuous or intermittent
vapor control systems. This method is applicable to motor tank truck
and trailer loading only as per 1200-3-18-.09.
(5) Apparatus. The components essential to the evaluation of emissions from
gasoline loading terminals are:
(a) portable combustible gas detector equipped to read 0 to 100
percent of the lower explosive limit,
(b) flexible thermocouple with recorder,
(c) gas volume meter, sized for the expected exhaust flow rate and
range,
(d) total hydrocarbon analyzer with recorder (flame ionization
detector or nondispersive infrared equipped to read 0 to 10
percent by volume hydrocarbon as propane for vapor control systems
which recover the vapor as liquid; or 0 to 10,000 ppm hydrocarbons
as propane for incineration vapor control systems),
(e) barometer to measure atmospheric pressure,
(f) gas chromatography/flame ionization detector with a column to
separate C 1 - C 7 alkanes; used if methane is present in recovered
vapors or if incineration is the vapor control technique.
(6) Test requirements.
(a) No less than three 8-hour test repetitions will be performed.
16—80— 74
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(b) During the test period, all loading racks shall be open for each
product line which is controlled by the system under test.
Simultaneous use of more than one loading rack shall occur to the
extent that such use would normally occur.
(c) Simultaneous use of more than one dispenser on each loading rack
shall occur to the extent that such use would normally occur.
Cd) Dispensing rates shall be set at the maximum rate at which the
equipment is designed to be operated. Automatic product
dispensers are to be used according to normal operating practices.
Ce) Applicable operating parameters of the vapor control system shall
be monitored to demonstrate that the control unit is operating at
design levels. For intermittent vapor control systems employing a
vapor holder, each test repetition shall include at least one
fully automatic operation cycle of the vapor holder and control
device. Tank trucks and trailers shall be essentially leak free
as determined by the Technical Secretary.
(7) Basic Measurements Required. The basic measurements essential to the
evaluation of emissions from gasoline loading terminals are:
(a) the amount of gasoline dispensed from gasoline dispensers,
(b) leak check of all fittings and vents,
Cc) the following items for the processing unit exhaust:
1. temperature,
2. pressure,
3. volume of vapors,
4. hydrocarbon concentration of vapors,
5. gas chromatograph analysis of vapors if methane is present
in recovered vapors.
(8) Test Procedure.
(a) Calibrate and span all instruments as outlined under paragraph
(10) of this rule.
(b) Install an appropriately sized gas meter on the exhaust vent of
the vapor control system. For those vapor control systems where
size restrictions preclude the use of a volume meter; or when
incineration is used for vapor control, a gas flow meter (orifice,
pitot tube, annubar, etc.) is necessary. At the meter inlet,
install a thermocouple with recorder. Install a tap at the volume
meter outlet. Attach a sample line for a total hydrocarbon
analyzer (0 to 10 percent as propane) to this tap. If the meter
pressure is different than barometric pressure, install a second
tap at the meter outlet and attach an appropriate manometer for
pressure measurement. If methane analysis is required, install a
third tap for connection to a constant volume sample/pump
evacuated bag assembly as described in Method 3, Federal Register,
36:247, December 23, 1977.
16—80— 75
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(c) Measurements and data required for evaluating emissions from the
system:
1. at the beginning and end of each test repetition, record the
volume readings on each product dispenser on each loading
rack served by the system under test,
2. at the beginning of each test repetition and each 2 hours
thereafter, record the ambient temperature and the
barometric pressure,
3. for intermittent vapor control systems employing a vapor
holder, the unit shall be manually started and allowed to
process vapors in the holder until the lower automatic
cut-off is reached. This cycle should be performed
immediately prior to the beginning of the test repetition
before readings required under part (3)(c)l of this rule are
taken.
4. for each cycle of the vapor control system during each test
repetition, record the start and stop time, the initial and
final gas meter readings, the average vapor temperature,
pressure and hydrocarbon concentration. If a flow rate meter
is used, record flow meter readouts continuously during the
cycle. If required, extract a sample continuously during
each cycle for chromatographic analysis for specific
hydrocarbons,
5. for each tank truck or trailer loading during the test
period, check all fittings and seals on the tanker
compartments with the combustible gas detector. Record the
maximum combustible gas reading for any incidents of Leakage
of hydrocarbon vapors. Explore the entire periphery of the
potential leak source with the sample hose inlet 1 cm (0.4
inches) away from the interface.
6. during each test period, monitor all possible sources of
leaks in the vapor collection and control systems with the
combustible gas indicator. Record the location and
combustible gas reading for any incidents of leakage.
7. for intermittent vapor control systems, the control unit
shall be manually started and allowed to process vapors in
the holder until the lower automatic shut-off is reached at
the end of each test repetition. Record the data required
under part (8) (c)4. of this rule for this manual cycle. No
loading shall be in progress during this manual cycle.
(9) Calculations.
(a) terminology:
Ta = Ambient temperature (0°C)
= Barometric pressure (mm Hg)
= Total volume of liquid dispensed from all controlled
racks during the test period (liters)
16—80— 76
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
V = Volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted from the
processing unit (M 3 )
Ve5 = Normalized volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted, NM e
@ 20°C, 760 mmllg
Ce = Volume fraction of hydrocarbons as exhausted mixture (volume
% as C 3 Hl0/100, corrected for methane content if required)
Te = Temperature at processing unit exhaust (°C)
P c = Pressure at processing unit exhaust (mm Hg abs)
(M/L) 0 = Mass of hydrocarbons exhausted from the processing unit per
volume of liquid loaded, (mg/liter),
(b) 1. Calculate the following results for each period of the vapor
control system:
Ve = Ve — Vei, (M 3 )
where
Ve = totalized volume flow rate and time records,
Vei = initial volume.
2. normalized volume of exhausted mixture:
VeB = (0.3858 °K/mmHg) VePe NM 3 @ 20°C, 760 xtunHg
(Te + 273.2)
3. mass of hydrocarbons exhausted from the vapor control
system:
Me = (1.833 x 106 mgC 3 H 8 )
VecCe (mg)
NM 3 C 3 H 8
(c) calculate the average mass of hydrocarbons emitted per volume of
gasoline loaded:
(M/L 1 ) 0 = Me (mg/liter)
L
(10) Calibrations.
(a) Flow meters shall be calibrated using standard methods and
procedures which have been approved by the Technical Secretary.
(b) Temperature recording instruments shall be calibrated prior to a
test period and following the test period using an ice bath (0°C)
and a known reference temperature source of about 35°C. Daily
during the test period, use an accurate reference to measure the
ambient temperature and compare the ambient temperature reading of
all other instruments to this value.
16—80— 77
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(c) Manufacturer’s instructions concerning warm-up and adjustments
shall be followed for total hydrocarbon analyzers. Prior to and
immediately after the emission test, perform a comprehensive
laboratory calibration on each analyzer used. Calibration gases
should be propane in nitrogen prepared gravimetrically with mass
quantities of approximately 100 percent propane. A calibration
curve shall be provided using a minimum of five prepared standards
in the range of concentrations expected during testing;
1. For each repetition, zero with zero gas (3 ppm C) and span
with 70 percent propane for instruments used in the vapor
lines and with 10 percent propane for instruments used at
the vapor control system exhaust.
2. The zero span procedure shall be performed at least once
prior to the first test measurement, once during the middle
of the run, and once following the final test measurement
for each run.
3. Conditions in calibration gas cylinders must be kept such
that condensation of propane does not occur. A safety
factor of 2 for pressure and temperature is recommended.
Authority: T.C.A. 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
July 10, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—80- 78
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-81 Hazardous Air Contaminants
Note: This standard is not part of the State Implementation Plan
and has been subdelegated to Memphis by the State.
-------
16—82
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-82 Sulfur Oxide issions
For the purpose of enforcement of the sulfur oxide emissions, Chapter
1200-3-14 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations is hereby adopted
as a portion of this Code by reference. Such regulations and all such
additions, deletions, changes and an endntents as may subsequently be made shall
become a part of this Code or Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if
set out in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, 5 1,4-25-72; Ord. No. 1988, 5 1, 3-19-74; Ord. No. 2761, 5 1,
1-17-78; Code 1967, S 3-24)
16-82- 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CONTROL OF SULFUR DIOXIDE EMISSIONS
S1200-3-14- .01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
(1) (a) For the purpose of this chapter, each country in Tennessee will be
classified by the Board into one of seven categories, defined as
Class I, Class II, Class III, Class IV, Class V, Class VI, and
Class VII.
(b) Each class has been established with the essential limit necessary
to attain and/or maintain ambient air quality standards based on
measured and predicted air quality.
(2) The county classifications are as follows:
(a) Class I - Polk
(b) Class IIA - Maury
(c) Class IIB - Humpheys
(d) Class III - Sullivan
(e) Class IV - Shelby
(f) Class V - Anderson, Davidson, Hamilton, Hawkins, Knox, Rhea
(g) Class VI - All Counties not specifically classified
(h) Class VII - Roane
(3) Upon mutual agreement of the owner or operator of any air contaminant
source and the Technical Secretary, an emission limit more restrictive
than otherwise specified in this Chapter may be established. This
emission limit shall be stated as a special condition for any permit or
order issued concerning the source. Violation of this agreed to, more
stringent emission standard is grounds for revocation of the issued
permit and/or other enforcement measures provided in the Tennessee air
Quality Act.
(4) Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in this Chapter,
all sources identified in rule 1200-3-9-.O1-(4) of these regulations
shall comply with the standards set pursuant to rule 1200-3-9.
(5) Regardless of the specific emission standards contained in this Chapter,
new and/or modified sources in or significantly impacting upon a
nonattainment area must comply with the provisions of paragraph
1200—3—9—.01(5).
Authority: T.C.A. Section 68-35-105. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Chapter 1200-3-14 repealed. New Rule filed February
19,1976, effective March 20, 1976. Amended effective March 21, 1979. Amended
effective June 21, 1979. Amended November 16, 1979. Amended July 31, 1981.
Amended December 13, 1982.
16-82— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—82- 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
iot es IPA t oo n 4ction on 2 U1Ø L2OO.3iw24 O2 hecauea ZIUØ W
not pare o f the 1 edera11y approved Stat. SXP (54 PR 25456, dated
7une S, 98 J.
S1200-3-14-.03 PROCESS EMISSION STANDARDS.
(1) On and after July 1, 1975, the owner or operator of an air contaminant
source located in a Class I county shall not cause, suffer, allow or
permit the emission from that source of sulfur oxides (calculated as
sulfur dioxide) in excess of 500 parts per million, 0.05 percent by
volume, dry basis (one hour average). Different standards and averaging
times may be met as an alternative, or as required, where they are
specified in Chapter 1200-3-19.
(2) On and after July 1, 1975, the owner or operator of an air contaminant
source located in a Class II, III, or VII county shall not cause,
suffer, allow or permit the emission from that source of sulfur dioxide
in excess of 1000 parts per million, 0.10 percent by volume, dry
basis(one hour average).
(3) On and after July 1, 1975, the owner or operator of an air contaminant
source located in Class IV, V or VI county shall not cause, suffer,
allow or permit the emission from that source of sulfur dioxide in
excess of 2,000 parts per million, 0.20 percent by volume, dry basis
(one hour average).
(4) A process source in a Class IV county as an alternative to the standard
in paragraph (3) above may request from the Technical Secretary of the
Tennessee Air Pollution Control Board to be regulated by not being
allowed to exceed their sulfur dioxide emission capacity in 1974, on a
twenty-four and annual basis. These emissions will be specified in a
Board Order, as a permit condition, or other legally enforceable manner.
The Technical Secretary may approve such a request after being given
adequate proof that this alternate standard will not cause any air
quality standards to be violated and the company has an adequate
continuous air monitoring network for determining the impact of its
emissions.
NotO XPA tQok no action on 1200”3-.Z4’-.03(5) and (6) .becaUs tbol’ W 2’e
not part o the Pederall3f approved State SIP ($4 PR 254 56, dated zne
S, .9 99J
(7) Limiting the Effect of the Definition of Modification. For the purpose
of determining the applicable sulfur dioxide emission standards in this
rule, a change in fuel from natural gas, propane, butane and/or fuel oil
to any of these herein named fuels and any required alterations to
existing fuel burning equipment to accommodate these fuels shall not be
considered a modification.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.
Original Rule certified June 7, 1974. Chapter 1200-3-14 repealed. New Rule
filed February 19, 1976, effective March 20, 1976. Amended April 12, 1978.
Amended June 16, 1978. Amended effective June 21, 1979. Amended November 16,
1979. Amended effective August 1, 1984.
16—82— 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: JULY 27, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA RegiBter Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—82- 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-83 Visible:E aissions.
Use new language as follows:
For the purpose of enforcement of the visible emissions, Chapter 1200-3-5 of
the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations is hereby adopted as a portion
of this Code by reference. Such regulations and all such additions,
deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently be made shall become a
part of this Code of Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if set out
in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2921, 5 1(7), 10-9-79; Code 1967,
5 3-17)
16—83— 1
-------
Printed:
February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-5
VISIBLE EMISSIONS
S1200-3-5- .01 GENERAL STANDARD
(1) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit discharge of a visible
emission from any air contaminant source with a density greater than
number one (1) of the Ringlemann Chart àr an opacity in excess of twenty
(20) percent for an aggregate of more than five (5) minutes in any one
(1) hour or more than twenty (20) minutes in any twenty-four (24) hour
period; provided, however that, for fuel burning installations with fuel
burning.equipment of input capacity greater than 600 xlO 6 Btu per hour,
no person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit discharge of a visible
emission from any fuel ‘burning installation with a density greater’ than
number one (1) of the Ringlemann chart or an opacity in excess of twenty
(20) percent (6-minute average) except for one six-minute period per one
(1)’. hourof not more than forty (40) percent opacity.
(4) Regardless of the visible emissions standard contained in this chapter,
all sources identified in, rule l200-3-9-.0l-(4) of,these regulations
shall comply with the visible emission standards set pursuant to rule
1200—3—9. ‘
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.
Original Rule certified June 7, 1974. Amended April 21,1976.
Amended in its entirety February 9, 1977. Amended effective
March 21, 1979. Amended effective June 21, 1979. Amended
effective December 14, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date ‘Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-5- .02 EXCEPTIONS
(1) Consistent with the requirements of Chapter 1200-3-20, due allowance may
be made for visible emissions in excess of that permitted in this
chapter which are necessary or unavoidable due to routine startup and
shutdown and other temporary conditions. The owner or operator shall
maintain a continuous, current log of such start-up and shutdown and
other temporary conditions showing.the time at which such conditions
began and ended and that such record shall be available to the Technical.
Secretary or his representative upon his request.. It shall be
permissible to .omit the record of routine start- up or shutdown and other
temporary conditions not in compliance with paragraphs l200-3-5-.01(1),
1200-3-5-.0l(2), and Rules 1200-3-5-.05 provided such conditions have
been made a part of the permit conditions. For sources subject to
particulate emission standards regulated by Chapter 1200-3-19 such
visible emission levels shall correspond to the routine startup or.
shutdown particulate levels.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412 Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended April 21, 1976. Amended effective February
9, 1977. Amended in its entirety March 31, 1979. Amended effective September
4, 1980
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19,1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 . JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-5-.03 METHOD OF RECORDING
(1) In testing compliance with the rules of this chapter visible emissions
tending to produce a black plume will be evaluated in terms of the
Ringelmann scale or equivalent opacity while visible emissions tending
to produce a non-black plume will be evaluated in terms of equivalent
opacity and expressed as percent opacity.
Note Rule 12OO’3 5 O (2) was z acted oi by bec ause is o1
th 1 &Uy app t a ta $Z P 154 ‘R 2S4$$ U,
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.
Original. Rule certified June’ 7, 1974. Amended April 21, 1976.
Amended effective February 9, 1977.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: 3ULY 19, 1989 ‘
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA , Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456,
16—83— 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-5- .04 EXEMPTION
Visible emissions from fuel-burning equipment usedexclusively. to
provide space heating in a building containing not more than two
(2) dwelling units shall not be subject to the provisions of
this chapter.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.
Original Rule. effective February 9, 1977.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA byEPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-5-.05 STANDARD FOR CERTAIN EXISTING SOURCES
(1) Air contaminant sources meeting the conditions in paragraphs (2) and (3)
of this rule and for which a certificateof validation has been issued
by the Technical Secretary indicating that to his satisfaction the
conditions in paragraph (2) are met., must in lieu of meeting the
requirements of rule .01 of this chapter, meet the following emission
standards of no visible emissions of greater density than number two (2)
on the Ringelmann Chart or an equivalent opacity in excess of forty (40).
percent for an aggregate of more than five (5) minutes in anyone (1)
hour or more than twenty. (20) minutes in any one twenty-four (24) hour
period.
(2) TheTechnical Secretary must issue a certificate of validation if
applied for and the owner or operator of the air contaminant source
demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Technical Secretary the
following conditions exist:
(a) The air contaminant source was commenced on or before April.3,
1972, and no modificationhas been made to the source since that
date. . .
(b) The air contaminant source is regulated by rule 1200-3-6- .02 or a
process emission source meeting the emission standard in paragraph
1200—3—7—.02(4).
(c) the air contaminant source does not include a gas or oil-fired
boiler. However, if the particulate emissions of the fuel burning
installation are less than that.which rule 1200-3-6-.02 would
allow for a fuel burning installation of the size Qs where Qs is
the heat input rate for solid fuels and br liquid fuels other
than oil, then the previous sentence will not prohibit, in and of
itself, the issuance of a certificate of validation.
(d) Each emission point, suitable for the installation of a
continuously recording equivalent opacity monitor, of the air
contaminant source, whether a process emission source, fuel
burning installation, incinerator, or wigwam, having a flow rate
of 100,000 ACFM or more shall be equipped with continuously
recording equivalent opacity monitors of the reference method type
as outlined in the Federal Register, Vol. 40, No. 194, of October
6, 1975, starting on page 46259, or of an equivalent or alternate
type approved by the Technical Secretary. However, a monitor will
• not have to be installed on those emission points of the air.
contaminant sOurce for which the owner or operator does not wish
to be allowed to emit more than twenty percerit.opacity. In this
event these points must be clearly specified on any application
for a certificate of validation, the Technical Secretary:may
still require these other pointsto install such a monitoring
system. This provision shall not apply to gas streams containing
moisture which interferes with proper instrument operation.
• (e) The air contaminant source meets all emission standards in these
regulations outside this chapter. Demonstration of this will
• require, as a minimum, an acceptable stack test report for
• . particulate matter. This test must be conducted in the presence
of personnel from the Division of Air Pollution Control.
16—83— 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(f) The particulate ambient air quality standards are being met in the
vicinity of the air contaminant source. The Technical Secretary
.may require this to be demonstrated.
(g) ‘A certificate of validation has never been revoked for this air
contaminant source.
(h) A fee. of five hundred dollars ($500.00) has been paid to the
Department to cover the costs of review of the request for the
certificate of validation.
(3) The owner or operator of the air contaminant source must:
I
(a) ‘ Post on the operating premises the certificate of validation;
(b) maintain for at least one year the readout from the opacity
monitor(s) and keep this record available for inspection by the
personnel of the Division of Air Pollution Control;
(c) keep the air pollution control equipment and the’ recording
equivalent opacity monitor in good’operating condition and,utilize
said equipment at all times.
(4) After Administrative Hearing the certificate’ of validation will be
revoked by the Technical Secretary if he finds any of the requirements
of paragraph (2) have been violated and/or ‘if the requirements of
paragraph (3)’ have been frequently and flagrantly violated after its
issuance. ‘ ‘
(5) tJpon.the granting of a construction permit for the modification of an
air contaminant source for which a certificate of validation has been
issued, the certificate of validation shall become void.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.
Original Rule effective February 9., 1977.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-83— 7
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-5- .06 WOOD-FIRED FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT
(1) Wood-fired fuel burning equipment, subject to Rule 1200-3-6-.05(4) with
• a heat input of 100 million Btu/hr or greater must meet an.emission
• limit of forty (40) per cent opacity (or a density of number two on the
Ringelmann Chart).
(2) Opacity for purposes of this rule shall be determined by the reference
method as specified in the Federal Register, Vol. 39, No. 219, November
2, 1974.
(3) Where this wood-fired fuel burning equipment is on March 1, 1978,
exhausted to the same stack as other equipment this standard shall
apply.
(4) If other emission sources are constructed to exhaust through the same
stack as the wood fired fuel burning equipment on or after the effective
date of this rule the opacity standard shall be V where
V 40.0 V + (X)VR
VW+VR
Where, .
V = opacity standard in percent opacity
= exhaust flow rate in dry standard cubic feet per minute from the
wood-fired fuel burning equipment and other equipment present
beforethe effective date of.this rule.
VR=. exhaust flow rate in dry standard cubic feet per minute from the
equipment (not being wood-fired fuel burning equipment)
constructed so as to exhaust through the stack and commenced on or
after the effective date of this rule.
(6) This rule does not apply in Davidson, Hamilton, Knox, and Shelby
Counties but facilities in these counties will be subject .to Rule
l200—3—5—.Ol.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.
Original Rule effective June 16, 1978.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved . . Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-83— 8
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995.
S1200-3-5- .07 CERTAIN WOOD FIRED FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT
(1) Wood fired fuel burning equipment sub:ject to Rule l200-3-6-.05-(8)-(d)
shall not discharge visible emissions from the subject fuel burning
equipment with’a density greater than number two (2) of the Ringlemann
chart or an opacity greater. than forty (40) percent for an aggregate of
more than five (5) minutes in any one (1) hour period.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
effective March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 19, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19. 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA . . by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 9
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
s1200-3-5-.08 TITANIUM DIOXIDE (Ti0 2 ).MANUFACTURING.
(1) Visible emissions from the spray dryers used for pigment drying in the
chloride process for the manufacture of Ti0 2 shall meet an emission
limit of 80 percent opacity provided that the sources were ‘constructed
prior to July 1, 1975 and provided further that these sources comply
with the applicable particulate matter emission limits set forth in
.Chapter ’1200-3-7. Compliance tests to demonstrate these sources are
meeting the particulate matter emission standards must be conducted when
the visible emissions average at least 80% opacity for at least one
consecutive six minute period during each test run accepted or when the
visible emission average at least 60% opacity for each test run
accepted. For similar units at thesameplant, tests need be performed
only on one unit, if the Technical Secretary approves it as being
representative of all suchunits at the plant. A compliance test shall
consist of at least two acceptable runs and all must be conducted in the
• presence of state’ observers.
(2) Opacity for the purposes of this rule shall be determined by the
• reference method specified in the Federal Register, Volume 39, No. 219,
November 12, 1974.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-4412. Administrative History. Original rule
effective June 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date ‘Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 10
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-5-.09 KRAPT MILL RECOVERY FURNACE
(1) Visible emissions from kraft mill recovery furnaces under construction
or in operation prior to September 24, 1976, shall not exhibit 35
percent opacity .or greater.
(2) Opacity for the purpose of this rule shall be determined by the
reference Method specified in the Federal Register, Volume 39, No. 219,
November 12, 1974.
Authority: T. C.A; Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule
effective February 1, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVEDRECtJLATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: 3ULY 19,1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 11
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-5- .10 CHOICE OF VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARD FOR CERTAIN FUEL BURNING
EQUIPMENT
(1) A fuel burning installation having fuel burning equipment with a heat
input of between 50 million Btu/hr and 600 million Btu/hr, in operation
or having a. construction authorization, on the effective date of this
Rule and subject to Rule 1200-3-5- .01 shall have the option of electing
an alternate visible emission standard contained in paragraph
1200-3-50.10 (2). The owner or operator of,such fuel burning equipment
electing to be regulated by the alternate standard shall make this
election known inwriting, by certified mail, to the Technical Secretary
within 90 days of the effective date of this rule.
(a) The election of the alternate standard will apply to all fuel
burning equipment at the fuel burning installatiOn.
(b) If t he alternate standard is not elected, all fuel burning
equipment at the fuel burning installation with remain subject to
rule 1200—3—5—.01.
(2) No person electing the alternate visible emission standard shall cause,
suffer, allow, or permit the discharge of a visible emission from any
fuel burning equipment n excess of twenty (20) percent opacity (6 minute
average) except for one six-minute period per one (1) hour or more than
twenty •four (24) minutes in any twenty four (24) hour period.
(3) Opacity for the purpose of Paragraph l200-3-5-.10-(2) shall be
determined by the reference method as specified in the Federal Register,
Volume 39, No. 219, November 12, 1974.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
effective July 31, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19,1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 12
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-5- .11 SODA RECOVERY BOILERS
(1) Visible emissions from a. Soda Recovery Boiler shall meet an emission
limit of 50 percent opacity provided that the source was Oonstructed
prior to August 9’, 1973 and provided further that this source complies
with the applicable particulate matter. emission limits set forth in
Chapter 1200-3-7 and Operating Permits issued in accordance with Rule
1200-3-l9-.05. Compliance tests to demonstrate that this source is
meeting the particulate mater emission standards must be conducted when
the visible emissions average at least 50% opacity for at least one
consecutive six minute period during each test run accepted. A
compliance test shall consist of at least two acceptable runs and. all
must be conducted in the presence of state observers.
(2) Opacity for the purpose of’ this rule shall be determined by the
reference method specified in the Federal Register, Vo1un e’ 39, No. 219,
November 12, 1974.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original rule
effective December 13, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY ‘APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15,, 1989
LAST UPDATE: JULY 19, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Regi8ter Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—83— 13
-------
16—84
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-84 Regulations of Particulate Matter from Incinerators
(a) NO person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit the emissions from any
incinerator having a charging rate of 2,000. pounds per hour or less, fly
ash or other particulate matter in quantities exceeding 0.2 grainsper
cubic foot of flue gas at standard conditions corrected to 12 per cent
carbon dioxide by volume excluding the contribution of auxiliary fuel.
(b) No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit the. emissions from any
incinerator havin g a charging rate greater than 2,000 pounds per hour,
fly ash or other particulate matter in quantities exceeding 0.1 grains
per standard cubiO foot of flue gas at standard conditions corrected to.
12 per cent carbon dioxide by volume excluding the contribution of
auxiliary fuel.
(c) No person shall cause, ‘suffer, allow or permit the emissions of
particles of unburned waste or ash from any incinerator which are
individually large enough to be visible while suspended to the
atmosphere.
(d) No person shall construct, install, use or cause to be used any
incinerator whichwill result in .odors being detectable by sense of
smell in any area of human use or occupancy.
(e) No person shall install or construct an incinerator to be used .for
disposal of combustible waste from dwelling units if such incinerator is
to be used to burn such wastes produced by fewer than twenty-f.ive (25)
dwelling units.
(f) No person shall use or cause to be used any incinerator unless all
components connected to or attached to, or serving the incinerator;
including control apparatus; are functioning properly and are in use.
Incinerators shall be operated so as to comply with recognized good
practices.
(g) Incinerators having 2.5 cubic feet furnace volume or less used solely
for the disposal of infective dressings and other similar material shall
not be required to meet these emission standards.
(h) No person shall cause, suffer, allow,, or permit to be discharged into
the atmosphere from any incinerator, visible emissions with an opacity
in excess of twenty percent (20%)
(Ord. No. 1265, S 1, 4-25-72; Code 1967, 5 3-23; Ord. No. 3230, 5 1(4),
8-3-82) .
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATIO1I AS OP JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 14, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA ‘Register
• Original Reg Apr 27, 1972 May 31, 1972 . 37 FR 10842
1st Revision Jul 07, 1986 Jun 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—84— 1
-------
Printed: 7une 21, 1996
Section 16-85 Required Sampling, Recording, and Reporting
For the purpose of enforcement of the required sampling, recording, and
reporting, Chapter 1200-3-10 of the Tennessee Air Pollution control
Regulations is hereby adopted as a portion of this Code by reference. Such
regulations and all additions, deletions, changes and amendments as amy
subsequently be made shall become a part of this Code of Ordinances and shall
have the same effect as if set out in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2921, § 1(2), 10-9-79; Code 1967,
§ 3-7)
16-85- 1
-------
Printed: June 21, 19,96
1200-3-10- .01 SAMPLING REQUIRED TO ESTABLISH AIR CONTAMINANT
EMISSION LEVELS
(1) NEW FACILITIES
(a) There shall be provided for any stack or duct adequate facilities
as follows:
1. Sampling ports of a size, number and location as the
Technical Secretary may require;
2. Safe access to each port; and
3. Such other sampling and testing facilities as the Technical
Secretary may require.
(b) The Technical $ecretary may at his discretion require the
applicant for an operating permit to conduct or have conducted
such tests as are necessary to establish the amount of air
contaminants emitted from such equipment or control apparatus.
Such tests shall be conducted in a manner approved by the
Technical Secretary. The Technical Secretary may require that
such tests be conducted in the presence of his representative.
(c) The Technical Secretary may conduct tests of air contaminant
emissions from any source. Upon request of the Technical
Secretary the person responsible for the source to be tested shall
provide, at no expense to the Technical Secretary, reasonable and
necessary openings in stacks, vents and ducts, along with safe and
easy access thereto including a suitable power source to the point
of testing for proper determination of the level of air contami-
nant emissions.
(2) EXISTING FACILITIES.
(a) Whenever the Technical Secretary has reason to believe that the
emission limits of the regulations set forth herein are being
violated, he may require the owner to conduct or have conducted at
the owner’s expense, tests to determine the emission level of
specific air contaminants. The Technical Secretary may require
that such tests be conducted in the presence of his
epresentative.
(b) The Technical, Secretary may at his discretion require the
applicant for an operating permit to conduct or have conducted
such tests as are necessary to establish the amount of air
contaminants emitted from such equipment or control apparatus.
Such tests shall be made at the expense of the applicant and shall
be conducted in a manner approved by the Technical Secretary. The
Technical Secretary may require that such tests be conducted in
the presence of his representative.
(c) The Technical Secretary may conduct tests of air contaminant
emissions from any source. ‘Upon request of the Technical
Secretary the person responsible for the source to be tested shall
provide, at no expense to the Technical Secretary, reasonable and
necessary openings in stacks, vents, and ducts along with safe and
easy access.thereto including a suitable power source ‘to the point
of testing for proper determination of the level of air
contaminant emissions.
16-85- 2
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
(3) PERIODIC TESTING REQUIRED.
(a) The Technical Secretary may require the owner or operator of an
air contaminant source, as a condition of his operating permit, to
conduct or have conducted periodic tests to establish the amount
of air contaminants emitted. The nature, extent and frequency of
such required testing shall be specified in the operating permit.
Such tests shall be made at the expense at the owner or operator
and shall be conducted in a manner approved by the Technical
Secretary. The Technical Secretary shall be supplied with such
data as stipulated in the operating permit.
(b) Any person affected by any of these regulations and directed to do
so by the Technical Secretary, shall file emission data, as a
minimum of one year, with the Technical Secretary on forms
available from the Secretary.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 68-25-105. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final FRN
to EPA by EPA
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
1st Revision
16-85- 3
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
1200-3-lO-.02 MONITORING OF SOURCE EMISSIONS, RECORDING AND REPORTING OF
THE SAME ARE REQUIRED
(1) MONITORING OF EMISSIONS
(a) The Technical Secretary may require the owner or operator of any
air contaminant source discharging air contaminants, at the
expense of the owner or operator, to install, calibrate, operate
and maintain such monitoring equipment as the Technical Secretary
shall prescribe; sample such emissions in accordance with methods
as the Technical Secretary shall prescribe; establish and maintain
such records; and make periodic emission reports as required in
paragraph (2).
(b) 1. The specific source categories listed below are required to
complete the installation and performance testing of the
respective equipment and begin maintaining and recording
within 18 months of the effective date of each rule.
(i) Fossil fuel-fired steam generators, as defined in Rule
1200-3-16.02, except as provided in the following
items, with an annual average capacity factor of
greater than 30 percent, as reported to the Federal
Power Commission for calendar year 1974, or as
otherwise demonstrated to the Technical Secretary by
the owner or operator, shall conform with the
following monitoring requirements:
(I) A continuous monitoring system for the
measurement of opacity shall be installed,
calibrated, maintained and operated by the owner
or operator of any such steam generator of
greater than 250 million BTU per hour heat input
except where:
I. gaseous fuel is the only fuel burned, or
II. oil or a mixture of gas and oil are the
only fuels burned and the source is able
to comply with the applicable particulate
matter and opacity regulations without
utilization of particulate matter
collection equipment, and where the source
has never been found, through any
administrative or judicial proceedings, to
be in violation of any visible emission
standard of these regulations.
(II) A continuous monitoring system for the
measurement of sulfur dioxide shall be
installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated
on any fossil fuel-fired steam generator of
greater than 250 million ETU per hour heat input
which has installed sulfur dioxide pollutant
control equipment.
16-85- 4
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
(III) A continuous monitoring system for the
measurement of the percent oxygen or carbon
dioxide shall be installed, calibrated,
operated, and maintained on fossil fuel-fired
steam generators where measurements of oxygen or
carbon dioxide in the flue gas are required to
convert sulfur dioxide continuous emission
monitoring data to units of the emission
standard.
(ii) Each sulfuric acid plant of greater than 300 tons per
day production capacity, the production being
expressed as 100 percent acid, shall install,
calibrate, maintain and operate a continuous
monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur
dioxide for each sulfuric acid producing facility with
such plant.
(iii) Each catalyst regenerator for fluid bed catalytic
cracking units of greater than 20,000 barrels per/day
fresh feed capacity shall install, calibrate, maintain
and operate a continuous monitoring system for the
measurement of opacity.
2. Any source which is subject to a regulation in Chapter
1200-3-16 or which is scheduled for retirement within five
years of the effective date of the appropriate designating
subparts of part 1. above, provided that adequate evidence
and guarantees are provided that clearly shows that the
source will cease operation prior to such date, will not be
subject to the monitoring requirementsof this subparagraph.
(c) 1. All monitoring equipment specified in this paragraph shall
meet the performance specifications in the Federal Register,
Volume 40, No. 194, October 6, 1975. The equipment shall
also be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained in
accordance with the procedures in this reference.
2. (Reserved)
3. A 30-day notice shall be given to the TechniOal Secretary of
the date upon which any sampling or testing will be
conducted as required under this subparagraph.
4. The sampling point for continuous emission monitoring shall
be representative of the concentration of the parameter
being monitored at the source emission point. If the
monitor is located at any position except the stack, the
Technical Secretary will require evidence of the
representativeness of the location.
(d) 1. Each owner or operator of any air contaminant source
directed by the Technical Secretary to monitor and report on
specified air contaminants shall develop and submit a
detailed monitoring program; and order and install sampling
equipment within the following time schedule:
(i) Within 60 days after designation by the Technical
Secretary of those air contaminants to be monitored,
the owner or operator of the air contaminant source
16-85- 5
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
shall submit a detailed monitoring program for
approval by the Technical Secretary.
(ii) Within 30 days after the monitoring program has been
approved in writing by the Technical Secretary,
sampling and monitoring equipment shall be ordered.
The order shall specify a delivery date that is as
expeditious as possible.
(iii) Within 90 days after delivery of the equipment the
owner or operator of the air contaminant source shall
place said equipment in effective operation in
accordance with its approved monitoring program.
2. Any owner or operator required by subparagraph (b) to
monitor must follow the schedule outlined in part 1. above
with the exception that the detailed monitoring program must
be submitted to the Technical Secretary within one hundred
twenty (120) days of the effective date of the appropriate
designating subpart of subparagraph(b) and not as specified
in subpart (i) of the above part 1.
(e) Monitoring System Malfunction.
Due allowance for failure to monitor shall be made during any
period of monitoring system malfunction, provided that the source
owner or operator shows, to the satisfaction of the Technical
Secretary, that the malfunction was unavoidable and is being
repaired as expeditiously as practicable and that a log of all
such malfunctions is being kept by the owner or operator,
including time malfunction began, when it was detected, what was.
wrong, what was done to correct the malfunction, and when the
malfunction was corrected.
(f) Owners and operators of fossil fuel-fired steam generators that
install a continuous sulfur dioxide monitoring system as provided
in Rule 1200-3-12- .04 are required to complete the installation
and performance testing of the applicable equipment and begin
maintaining and recording within eighteen months of the effective
dates of this subparagraph unless a revised time frame i s agreed.
to by the Technical Secretary because of the installation of
sulfur dioxide control equipment.
1. The owner or operator shall develop and submit a detailed
monitoring program; and order and install measuring
equipment for sulfur dioxide and either oxygen or carbon
dioxide within the following time schedule:
(i) Within 150 days after the effective date of this
subparagraph, the owner or operator shall submit a
detailed monitoring program for approval by the
Technical Secretary.
(ii) Within 30 days after the monitoring program has been
approved in writing by the Technical Secretary,
sampling and monitoring equipment shall be ordered.
The order shall specify delivery date but as
expeditious as possible.
16-85- 6
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
(iii) Within 90 days after delivery of the equipment the
owner or.operator of the air contaminant source shall
place said equipment in effective operation in
accordance with the approved monitoring program.
2. The sampling point for the carbon dioxide or oxygen monitor
shall be. same as that for the sulfur dioxide monitor except
as specified for installations using flue gas
desulfurization systems.
(g) Owners and/or operators of sources required to install a
continuous sulfur dioxide monitoring system as provided in
Paragraph 1200-3-12-.04(3) are required to complete the installa-
tion and performance testing of the applicable equipment and begin
maintaining and recording within twelve months of the effective
date of this subparagraph.
(2) RECORDING AND REPORTING
(a) Records and reports as the Technical Secretary shall prescribe on
air contaminant emissions, ambient air concentrations or fuel
analyses shall be recorded, compiled and submitted in a format
prescribed by the Technical Secretary.
(b) 1. Owners or operators of facilities subject to paragraph
(1) (b) of this rule, are required to submit a written report
of excess emissions for each calendar quarter and the nature
and cause of the excess emissions, if known. The
requirements.of this subparagraph must be followed by all
owners and operators when making these required reports.
2. For opacity measurements the summary shall consist of the
magnitude in actual percent opacity of all one minute
averages of. opacity greater than the opacity standard in the
applicable rule in Chapter 1200-3-5 for each hour of
operation and the facility minus the five- minute exempt
period. Average values may be obtained by integration over
the averaging period or by arithmetically averaging a
minimum of four equally spaced, instantaneous opacity
measurements per minute. The averaging period used for data
reporting is one minute for opacity measurements and one
hour for measurements of sulfur dioxide; provided, however,
that for opacity measurements for fuel burning installations
with fuel burning equipment of input capacity greater than
600 x 10 6 Btu per hour, the summary shall consist of the
magnitude in actual percent opacity of all six-minute
averages of opacity greater than the opacity standard in the
applicable plan for each hour of operation of the facility
minus one six-minute exempt period per hour of no more than
40 percent opacity. Averaging values may be obtained by
integration over the averaging period or by arithmetically
averaging a minimum of twenty-four equally spaced,
instantaneous opacity measurements per six-minute period.
The averaging period for data reporting is six minutes for
opacity measurements and twenty-four hours for measurements
of sulfur dioxide for fuel burning installations with fuel
burning equipment of input capacity greater than 600 x 10 6
BTU per hour. The averaging period used for data reporting
16-85- 7
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
from all other sources is one minute for opacity
measurements and one hour for measurements of sulfur dioxide
except as denoted in other Chapters of these regulations.
3. For gaseous measurements the summary shall consist of
emission averages, in the units of the applicable standard,
for each averaging period during which the applicable
standard was exceeded.
4. The date and time identifying each period during which the
continuous monitoring system was inoperative, except for
zero and span checks, and the nature of system repairs or
adjustments shall be reported. The Technical Secretary may
require proof of continuous monitoring system performance
whenever system repairs or adjustments have been made.
5. When no excess emissions have occurred and the Continuous
monitoring system(s) have not been inoperative, repaired, or
adjusted, such information shall be included in the report.
6. Maintain a file of all information reported in the quarterly
summaries, and all other data collected either by the
continuous monitoring system Or as necessary to convert
monitoring data to the units of the applicable standard for
a minimum of two years from the data of collection of such
data or submission of such summaries.
7. Owners or operators of air contaminant sources subject to
subparagraph (1)-(b) of this Rule are required to use the
procedures outlined in the October 6, 1975, Federal
Register , Vol. 40, No. 194 (Appendix P, Paragraph 5.0), Page
46249 for converting monitoring data to units of the
standard where necessary. These procedures are essentially
the same as those in subparagraphs 1200-3-16- .02 (6) (e) and
(f). Where applicable, the procedures outlined in the
October 12, 1976, Federal Register , Volume 41, No. 198,
pages 44838-44839 may be used.
(c) Owners or operators of facilities subject to rule 1200-3-12- .04
are required to submit a written report on emissions for each
calendar quarter and the nature and cause of excess emissions, if
known. The Technical Secretary will specify details of the
reports required after the monitor has been performance tested.
General procedures are outlined below.
(1) The source owner or operator shall report all 3-hour
averages or 24-hour averages in units of the
applicable emission standard. The 3-hour and 24-hour
values shall be computed by taking the average of
three contiguous or 24 contiguous one-hour values of
sulfur dioxide emissions. The one-hour average values
may be obtained by integration over the one-hour
period or may be computed from four or more data
points equally spaced over each one-hour period. Data
recorded during periods of monitoring system
breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and
span adjustments shall not be included in the data
averages.
16-85- 8
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
(ii) In the event that the fuel burning installation
contains discharge points utilizing continuous sulfur
dioxide monitoring systems and discharge points which
do not require monitoring systems (or where an
individual monitoring system is inoperative), and the
data from the monitoring system indicates a violation,
an administrative hearing may be conducted by the
Technical Secretary to determine the compliance status
of the entire fuel burning installation.
(iii) To determine compliance where multiple units of fuel
burning equipment are involved, an average weighted on
the basis of heat input shall be used.
2. The owners and operators of these sources must follow the
same procedures as specified in parts 4, 6, and 7, of
subparagraph 1200-3-10- .02 (2) (b). Alternative methods for
converting sulfur dioxide monitoring instrument data to
units of the applicable emission standard may be approved by
the Technical Secretary when demonstrated to him to yield
equivalent results.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53 -3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended effective February 9, 1977. Amended April
12, 1978. Amended June 21, 1979. Amended December 14, 1981. Amended
effective March 13, 1993.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MAY 20, 1996 .
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
1st Revision DEC 17, 1993 MAR 19, 1996 61 FR 11136
16-85- 9
-------
Printed: June 21, 1996
S1200-3-10- .03 (DELETED) Effective March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED
Date Submitted
to EPA
Original Peg JUL 07, 1986
REGULATION AS OF
Data Approved
by EPA
JUN 15, 1989
JUNE 15, 1989
Federal
Register
54 FR 25456
16-85- 10
-------
16—86
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-86 Methods of Sampling and Analysis
For the purpose of enforcement of the methods of sampling and analysis,
Chapter 1200-3-12 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Control Regulations •is
hereby adopted as a portion of this Code by reference such regulations and all
additions, deletions, changes and amendments as may subsequently be made shall
become a part of this Code Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if set
our in full herein.
(Ord. No. 1265, § 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2921, 5 1(3), 10-9-79; Code 1967,
§3-8) S
16—86— 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-12
METHODS OF SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
51200—3—12- .01 GENERAL
(1) It is explicitly implied that in’ addition to and consistent with
specific methods of sampling ‘and analysis ‘described herein, that samples
will be taken in such number, duration and location as to be
statistically significant and representative of the condition which the
sample(s) purport to evaluate.’
(2) Where’ specific materials, equipment or procedures are specified,’ it
• shall be permissible to use other materials, equipment or procedures
where it has been reliably demonstrated that their use produces results
comparable to .that which would.have been obtained by use of the
specified materials, equipment or procedures.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History.’ Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended in its entirety February 9, 1977.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved , Final Federal
to EPA by EPA ‘ Register ‘Notice
• Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—86— 2
-------
• Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-12-. 02 PROCEDURES FOR AMBIENT SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
(1) Procedures for sulfur dioxide, suspended particulate, photochemical
oxidants, carbon monoxide, and non-methane hydrocarbons may be found in
Federal Register, Volume 36, Number 84, dated April 30, 1971. The
reference method for the sampling and the analytical procedures for
nitrogen dioxide may be found in the Federal Register, Volume 41, Number
232, dated December 1, 1976. The sampling and analytical procedures for
lead may be found in the Federal Register, Volume 43, Number 194, dated
• October 5, 1978. The reference method for sampling and analytical
procedures for ozone may be found in the Federal Register, Volume 44,
Number 28, Part V, dated February 8, 1979. The procedure for sampling
and analyzing atmospheric fluorides shall conform with the method
adopted by the American Society for Testing Materials in 1958 and
bearing ASTM designation Dl606- 58T.
(2) The Technical Secretary may approve the use of equivalent or alternative
sampling procedures. .
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7 . 1974. Amended in its entirety February 9, 1977. Amended.in
its entirety June 21, 1979. Amended in its entirety January 18, 1980.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989;
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989 .
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA . by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—86— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-12- .03 SOURCE SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
The methods set forth in this section shall be applicable for determining
compliance with emission standards.
(a) SAMPLE AND VELOCITY TRAVERSES. - Sample and velocity traverses shall be
determined by Method 1 outlined in the Federal Register, Volume 42,
Number 160, August 18, 1977, as amended in the Federal Register, Volume
43, Number 57, .March 23, 1978.
(b) STACK GAS VELOCITY DETERMINATION. - Stack gas velocity shall be’
determined by Method 2 outlined in the Federal Register, Volume’ 42,
Number 160, August 18, 1977, as amended in the Federal Register, Volume
43, Number 57; March 23, 1978, except in such instances where a Type S
pitot tube is not applicable.
(C) GAS ANALYSIS. - Gas analysis for carbon dioxide,’oxygen, excess air, and
dry molecular weight shall be determined by Method 3 outlined in the
Federal Register, Volume 42, Number 160, August 18, 1877, as amended in
t,he Federal Register, Volume 43, Number’ 57, March 23, 1978, or another
type of test procedure that is direct indicating, and/or recording
approved by the Technical Secretary.
(d) ‘DETERMINATION OF MOISTURE CONTENT I STACK GASES. - Moisture content
shall be determined by Method 4 outlined in the Federal Register, Volume
42, Number ‘60, August 18, 1977, as amended in the Federal Register,
Volume 43, Number 57, March 23, 1978, or other technique approved by the
Technical Secretary.
(e’) DETERMINATION OF PARTICULATE EMISSIONS. - The basic design of’t’he
sampling train is left to the. individual, if certain criteria are
observed to assure’ high collection efficiency and standard analysis of
the collected particulates.
1. ‘DESCRIPTION OF SAMPLING APPARATUS.
(i) This apparatus shall include interéhangeable nozzles or
probes, of various diameters, a filter effective for the
removal of particulates exceeding 0.3 micron diameter of
solid or liquid, a suitable number of impingers to reduce
condensible vapors to liquid or solid particulate matter,
and appropriate connecting tubing at temperature above the
aqueous dewpoint of the gases. All materials of
construction shall be resistant to corrosive elements in the
flue gases, e.g., SO 3 , NOR, and elevated temperatures.
(ii) This filter assembly shall be maintained above the aqueous
dewpoint ‘of the flue gases throughout the sampling
operation. To accomplish this,, the filter assemble may be
disposed inside the gas flue to be completely bathed by the
hot gas stream; or it may be disposed outside the gas
stream, provided the following precautions are taken.
(I) If the filter is dièposed outside the hot gas flue, a
temperature indicator, e.g., thermocouple, shall be
provided at the sample filter gas exit to monitor the
16-86— 4
-------
Printed:
February 2, 1995
filter temperature above the aqueous dewpoint of the
flue gases at all times. Auxiliary heating elements
for tubing and filter holder shall be provided to’
maintain specified temperatures when required.
(II) Deposits ‘in the tube connecting the probe to the
‘exterior filter shall be’quantitatively removed by
washing with a,. suitable liquid and by brushing, the,
weight of the solids recovered there from being added
to the weight found in the filter.
(iii) Provisions shall be included for cooling the gas stream tO
standard conditions (70°F)’to reduce condenslble vapors to
‘liquids or solid particulate matter, and for cooling the
‘condensed particles, including water that may be formed by,
condensation of water vapor ‘in the sample. This shall be
accomplished by passage through bubblers provided with an’
orifice submerged in water through which the, gas stream
passes at’ a velocity, of approximately 100 meters per second.
The bubblers shall be immersed in an ice bath to minimize
evaporation. A trap of suitable shape and dimensions for
the collection of overflow or overspray shall be provided
downstream from the bubblers.
(iv) An indicating flowmeter shall be provided and preferably
located in the train at a point preceding the source of,
suction, preceded by a trap to prevent’ condensed water from
entering the flowmeter; and a vacuum gauge adjacent to the
flowmeter to indicate the absolute pressure of the gas
passing through the orifice meter .
(v) Operation charges comprising either graphs or tables shall
be prepared an,d be available as a part of apparatus, to
indicate proper’ sampling rates as a function ,of gas density
in the stack and at the flowmeter.
2. ANALYTICAL RESULTS.- Analytical results shall be accomplished as
outlined in the appendix of the Federal Register, Volume 42,
Number 160, August 18, 1977, as amended in the Federal Register,
Volume 43, Number 57, March 23, 1978, for the filter catch and
washings up to the filter. Inclusion or exclusion of material
collected in the impinger train as “particulate matter” and method
‘of analysis will’ be determined on an individual air contaminant
source basis.
3. EQUIVALENT METHODS.- Those procedures demonstrated to yield
equivalent results and approved by the Technical Secretary may be
used for sampling and analysis of particulate matter. Stack
sampling methods promulgated by the Environmental Protection
Agency for s,pecified air contaminant sources are considered to be
equivalent methods and therefore acceptable.
(f) MEASUREMENT OF SULFUR DIOXIDE IN STACK GASES.
1. The approved proc’edure for measuring Sulfur Dioxide in stack gases
is the method contained in Chapter 3 of the Tennessee Department
of Public Health’s January, 1975 edition of the Source Sampling
Manual as amended on August 11, 1975.
16—86- 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
2. EQUIVALENT METHODS. Many new and improved methods of continuous
gaseous monitoring in stacks are now in use. Any method of stack
sampling approved by the Technical Secretary may be used in
accordance with good professional practice. Stack sampling
methods promulgated by the Environmental Protection Agency for
specified air contaminant sources are considered to be equivalent
methods and therefore acceptable.
(g) DETERMINATION OF SULFURIC ACID (H 2 S0 4 ) IN STACK GASES’.-Sulfuric acid in
stack gases shall be determined by Method 8 outlined in the Federal
Register, Voluine42, Number 160, August 18, 1977, as amendedin the
Federal Register, volume 43,Number 57, March 23, 1978.
(h) DETERMINATION OF NITROGEN OXIDES IN STACK GASES. - Nitrogen oxides in
stack gases shall be determined by Method 7 outlined in the Federal
Register, Volume.42, Number 160, August 18, 1977, as amended in the
Federal Register, Volume 43, Niimber 57, March 23, 1978.
(i) DETERMINATION OF THE EFFICIENCY OF FLUORIDE CONTROL DEVICES FOR POTROOMS
OR PRIMARY ALUMINUM REDUCTION PLANTS, as follows:
1. The determination shall consist of three samples runs, each of
which shall consist of a simultaneous inlet and outlet sample upon
the control device or an equivalent test procedure approved by the
Technical Secretary. Each sample shall be eight (8) hours
duration and shall contain a minimum of two hundred and forty
(240) dry standard cubic feet of air.
2. Other details as to be collection of the samples and their
analysis shall be accomplished by either Method 13A or 13B or
approved equivalent as outlined in the Federal Register, Volume
40, Number 152, August 6, 1975, and as amended in the Federal
Register, Volume 41, Number 230, November29, 1976.
3. The average efficiency of each fluoridecontrol device shall be
calculated as the average of the three control device collection
efficiencies as determined by the three sample runs.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended in its entirety February 9, 1977. Amended
April 12, 1978. Amended November 16, 1979. Amended January 22, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15., 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Regieter Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—86— 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-12-.04 MONITORING REQUIRED FOR DETERMINING COMPLIANCE OF CERTAIN.
LARGE SOURCES. . .
(1) For. a fossil fuel-fired steam generator using solid fuel subject to
.subparagraph 1200 - 3 - 14 -.02-(l)-(e), the source owner or operator may
choose the method of measuring.sulfur.dioxide in the stack gases
depending .upon the type of fuel burned. No later than 30 days after the
effective date of this regulation, the source owner or operator must
inform the Technical Secretary by. certified mail of the method to be
utilized. if no choice is made by that date the owner or operator must
monitor using the methods a.s outlined in subparagraph (2) (b). of this.
rule. . .
(2) The available sulfur dioxide measurement methods are as follows:
(a) If low sulfur coal is the only solid fuel burned, fuel analysis,
procedures and methods of calculations as prescribed by the
Technical Secretary may be used. The purpose of this rule, low
sulfur coal is defined as coal containing less than 1.00% sulfur
by weight on a dry basis:. Determination will be based on’records
of fuel burned during calendar year 1974. The procedures used to
determine’ if the sulfur content of the fuel meet this 1.00%.
limitation during this time period’will be subject to approval by
the Technical Secretary. If the source owner or operator elects
this method, the Technical Secretary will specify the data .to’be
submitted to verify that the sulfur.content is less than the 1.00%
limitation. For facilities that elect to use fuel analysis
procedures, fuels are ,not required to be sampled or analyzed for
.preparation of’reports of cOmpliance until the Technical Secretary
specifies the procedures and requirements. If the 1.00% limit is
ever exceeded than the method specified in subparagraph (b) of
this paragraph must be used ,for monitoring.
(b) Measurement of sulfur dioxide in the stack gases may be
aOcomplished by the installation and operation of a continuous
in-stack sulfur dioxide monitoring instrument. The type of
monitor and its location will be subject to approval by the
Technical Secretary. The in-stack monitoring instrument will be
subject to the provisions of subparagraph 1200 - 3 -lO-.02(l)(e) of
these regulations.
(3) For sulfuric acid plants and liquid sulfur dioxide plants located in a
Class I county and existing on January 1, 1979, the measurement of
sulfur dioxide in the, stack gases must be accomplished by the
installation and operation of a continuous in-stack sulfur dioxide
monitor. The type ‘of monitor and its location will be subject to
approval by the Technical Secretary. The in-stack monitoring instrument
will be subject to the provisions of paragraph 1200-3-lO-.02-(1) of
these regulations. .
(4) For recovery furnaces and. lime kilns located at ‘draft mills the
measurement of total reduced sulfur compounds in stack gases must be
‘accomplished by the installation.and operation of a continuous in-stack
total reduced sulfur (TRS) monitor. Such TRS monitor shall be
accomplished by a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of
the percent oxygen. The type of monitor and its location will be
subject to approval by the Technical Secretary.. The instack monitoring
instrument will be subject to the provisions of paragraph
l?00—3-lO-.02(1) of these regulations. ‘
16—86— 7 .
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original, Rule
certified June 7, 1974. Amended June 21, 1979. Amended October 13, 1981.
Amended’ December 13, 1982.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
• Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to ‘EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07. 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—86— 8
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section ‘16-87 Malfunctions, Startups and ‘Shutdowns
For the purpose of enforcement of the malfunctions, startups and shutdowns,
Chapter 1200-3-20 of the Tennessee Air Pollution Regulations is hereby adopted
as portion of this Code by reference. Such regulations ‘and all such ‘
additions, deletions, changes and’amendments as may subsequently be’ made shall
become a part of this Code. of Ordinances and shall have the same effect as if
set out in full herein. ‘
(Ord. No. 1265, S 1, 4-25-72; Ord. No. 2021, § 1(4), 10-9-79; Code 1967, § 3-9
16-87— 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
CHAPTER 1200-3-20
LIMITS ON EMISSIONS DUE TO MALFUNCTIONS,. START-UPS, AND SHUTDOWNS
S1200-3-20-.01 PURPOSE
(1) The purpose of this chapter is to place reasonable limits on the amount
of emissions an air contaminant source (incinerator, fuel burning
installation, wood fire boiler or process emission source) can emit due
to amalfunction or during startup or shutdown of said source. Without
such limits in many parts of the state and specifically in nonattainment
areas, air quality standards will not be met and public health and
welfare will be endangered.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
filed February 5, 1979, effective March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF. 7UNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989 /
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-87— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20- .02 REASONABLE MEASURES REQUIRED
(1) Air contaminant sources must take all reasonable measures to keep
emissions to a minimum during startups, shutdowns. These measures may
include installation and use of alternate control systems, changes in
operating methods or procedures, cessation of operation until the
process equipment and/or air pollution control equipment is repaired,
maintaining sufficient spare parts, use of overtime labor, use of
outside consultants and contractors,.and other appropriate means. For
sources identified in Chapter 1200-3-19, or by a permit condition or an
orderissuedby the Board orby the Technical Secretary as being in or
significantly affecting a nonattaininent area, failures that are caused
by poor maintenance, ôareless operation or any other preventable upset
• condition or preventable equipment breakdown shall not be considered
malfunctions, and shall be considered in violation of the emission
standard exceeded and this rule.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original
Rule certified March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Date Submitted. Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
• Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—87— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20- .03 NOTICE REQUIRED WHEN MALFUNCTION OCCURS.
(1) When any emission source, air pollution control equipment, or related
facility breaks down in such a manner as to cause the emission of air
contaminants in excess of the applicable emission standards contained in
these regulations, or of sufficient duration to cause damage to property
or public health, the person responsible for such equipment shall
promptly notify the Technical Secretary of such failure or breakdown and
provide a statement giving all pertinent facts, including the estimated
duration of the reakdown. Prompt notification will be within 24 hours
of the malfunction and shall be provided by telephone to the Division’s
Nashville office. Telephone notification shall be followed up within 72
hours by certified mail. The Technical Secretary shall be notified when
the condition .causing the failure orbreakdown has been corrected and
• the standards will not and do not occur over more than a 24- hour period
(or will not reoccur over more than a 24-hour period) and no damage to
• property and or public health is anticipated, notification is not
required. Any malfunction that creates an imminent hazard to health
must be reported by telephone immediately to the Division’s Nashville
office and to the State Civil Defense.
Authority: T.C.A.. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989.
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
toEPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg • JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-87— 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20-.04 LOGS AND REPORTS
(1) (a) A log of alimalfunctions, startups, and shutdowns resulting in
emissions in excess of the standards in Division 1200-3 must be
kept at the plant. This log must record at least the following:
1. Stack or emission point involved.
2. Time malfunction, startup, or shutdown and/or when first
noticed.
3. Type of malfunction and/or reason for shutdown.
4. Time startup or shutdown was complete or time the air
contaminant source returned to normal operation.
5. The company employee making entry on the log must sign date
and indicate the time of each log entry..
(b) The information under item (a) 1. and 2. of this paragraph must be
entered into the log by the end of the shift during which the
malfunction or startup began.
(c) All information shall be entered in the log no later than
• twenty-four. (24) hours after the startup or shutdown is complete,
or the malfunction ‘has ceased or has been corrected.
(d). Any.later discovered corrections can be’ added in the log as
footnotes with the reason given for the change.
(2) The owner or operator of all sources located in non-attainment areas or
having a significant impact on air quality in a nonattainment area (for
the pollut&nt designated under Chapter 1200-3-19 or by the Technical
Secretary) must submit a report to the Technical Secretary within 30
days after the end of each calendar quarter listing the times at which
malfunctions, startups and/or shutdowns, which resulted in emissions
discharged during such times. This report should also include total
emissions during the quarter and be reported in a format specified by
the Technical Secretary. If these emissions are required to be reported
•under rule 1200-3-l0-.02 or under rules of Chapter 1200-3-l6 ’then the
report required by this paragraph is waived.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
• Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-87- 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20- .05 COPIES OF LOG REQUIRED
(1) The Technical Secretary may require the owner or operator of any air
contaminant source to submit a copy of the upset log required under rule
.04 of this chapter to him ten (10) days after the log request is
received. The Technical Secretary can require submission of copies of
the entire log.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Or.iginal.Rule
certified March21, 1979.,
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED ‘REGULATION.AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST’15, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07,, 1986 ‘ JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-87— 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3,20-.06 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
(1) General.
(a) In the case of shutdown of air pollution control equipment for
necessary scheduled maintenance, the intent to shut down such
equipment shall be reported to the Technical Secretary at least
twenty-four hours prior to the planned shutdown where such
equipment will result in the discharge of emissions in excess of.
the standards in this Division 1200-3. such prior notice shall
include, but is’ notlimited to the following:
• 1. Identification of the specifid source (permit unit) to be
• ‘‘taken out of service, as well as its location and permit
number.
2. Th’e length of time that the air pollution control equipment
will be ‘out of service.
3. The nature and quantity of emissions of air contaminants
likely to occur during the shutdown period.
4. Measures such as the’use of off-shift labor and equipment
• , that will be taken to minimize the emissions during the
shutdown period.
(2) Exceptions to Shutdown Reporting ‘Requirements
(b) When shutdowns referred to in paragraph .06, (a) of this rule are
on a routine schedule, the report to the Technical Secretary may
be furnished on an annual basis and shall list the dates and times
of the routine scheduled shutdowns during the upcoming year, with
the other information required in paragraph (a).
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Date Submitted ‘ Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—87- 7
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20- .07 REPORT REQUIRED UPON THE ISSUANCE OF NOTICE OF VIOLATION
(1) In the case of excess emissions from any source (permit unit) subject to
the rules and regulations a notice of violation shall automatically be
issued except for visible emissions levels included as a permit
condition under Chapter 1200-3-5- .02 (1). The owner or operator of the
violating source shall submit within twenty (20) days after receiptof
the notice of violation the following data to assist the Technical
Secretary in decIding whether to excuse or proceedupon the, violation.
The Technical. Secretary may extend this tIme period for another 20 days
upon receipt in the Nashville office of a written request received
during the initial 20 day period.
(2) Each report shall include, as a minimum: , ‘
(a) The identity of the stack and/or other emission point where the
excess emission(s) occurred:
(b) The magnitude of the excess’ emissions expressed in pounds per hour
and the units of the applicable emission limitation and the
operating data and calculations used in determining the magnitude
of the excess emissions;
(c) The time and duration of the emissions;
(d) The nature and cause.of such emissions;
(e) Steps taken to remedy the malfunction and the steps taken or
planned to prevent the recurrence of such malfunction;
(f) The steps taken to limit the excess emissions of the occurrence
reported,, and
(g) Documentation that the air pollution control equipment, process
equipment, or processes were’at all times maintained and operated
in a manner consistent with good practice for minimizing emissions
if this is the case.
(3) Failure to submit this report within the twenty (20) day period
specified in paragraph (1) shall preclude the admissibility of the
report data as an excuse for malfunctions, startups, and shutdowns in
causing the excessive emissions.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
filed February 5, 1979, effective March 21, 1979. Amendment filed
October 28, 1981; effective December 14, 1981.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST15, 1989 .
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—87— 8
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20-.08 SPECIAL REPORTS REQUIRED
The Technical Secretary may require any air contaminant source to submit a
report within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter in a
format he specifies containing as a minimum the following information:
a) The dates on which malfunctions, startups, and shutdowns resulted in
emissions greater than thbseallowed by the emission standards in this
Division 1200—3.
(b) The estimated amount of air contaminants .emitted in excess of the
emission standards in units of pounds of air contaminant per hour and
pounds of air contaminant per day.
(c) Other emission characteristics such as stack exit temperature, stack
height and diameter, stack exit velocities, and other similar
information.
(d) Information, needed to evaluate the possibility of instituting measures
to eliminate br reduce ‘the number of malfunctions and/or the amount of
emissions from malfunctions, startups,. and shut downs.
(e) Information to determine if the excess emissions truly result from a
malfunction. .
(f) Information to evaluate the impact of the emissions on the.surrounding
area.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule
certified .March 21, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice.
Original Reg JUL 07, ‘1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16-87— 9
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-20- .10 ADDITIONAL SOURCES COVERED -
The Technical Secretary may order the owner or operator of other air
contaminant sources to report in accordance with the requirements in this
chapter for those sources in nonattainment areas significantly impacting on
nonattainment areas when he has reason to believe that an ambient air quality
standards may be violated in the general vicinity where the source is located.
There is sufficient reason for purposes of this rule to believe a standard may
be violated if a value not to be exceeded more than once in a year is equaled
or exceeded once and/or if individual readings have a mean excess of ninety
per cent of a standard set for any given averaging interval regardless of the
acceptability of the monitoring site, calibration of the monitor, and other
similar mattes. Even if there are no monitors in an area, if mathematical
modeling and/or physical damage in the area indicate the standards may be
violated, he may order such reporting.
Authority: T.C.A. Section 53-3412. Administrative History. Original Rule.
certified Nove mber 16, 1979.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF U3T .JNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 15, 1989
Data Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—87— 10
-------
‘Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-88 Nuisance batement
When dust, fumes, gases, mist odorous matte, vapors, or. any combination
thereof escape from a building or equipment in such a manner and amount as to
cause a nuisance or to violate any regulation, the health officer may order
that the building or equipment: in which processing, handling, and storage are
done be tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all air and gases and
air of gas-borne material leaving the building or equipment are treated by
removal or destruction of air contaminants before discharge ‘to the open air.
(Ord. No. 1265, S 1,4-25-72; Code’1967, 3-19;Ord. No. 3230, §1(3) 8-3-82)
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED, REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989 ,
Date Submitted Date Approved , Federal
to EPA by EPA ‘ Register
‘Original Reg Apr 27, ‘1972 May’31, 1972 37 FR 10842.
ls t Revision Jul 07, 198,6 Jun 15, 1989 ‘ 54 FR 25456
16—88- 1’
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-89 Fugitive Dust
No person shall cause, •suffer, allow, or permit any materials to be handled,
transported, or stored; or a building, its appurtenances, or a road to be
used, constructed, altered, repaired or demolished without taking reasonable
precautions to prevent particulate matter from becoming airborne. Such
reasonable’ precautions shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) .‘ ‘Use, where possible, water or chemicals for control of dust in the
demolition of existing buildings or structures, construction operations,
the grading of roads or the clearing of land;
2) Application of asphalt, oil, water, or suitable chemicals on material
stockpiles, and other surfaces which can create, airborne dusts;
(3) Installation and use of hoods, fans, and fabric filters to enclose and
vent the handling of dusty materials. Adequate containment methods
shall be employed during sandbla’sting or other similar operations.
(4) Covering, at all’ ‘times: when in motion, open bodied trucks transporting
materials likely to become airborne;
(5) Conduct of agricultural practices such as tilling of land, application
of fertilizers, etc in such manner as’ to not create ‘a nuisance to
others residing in the area.
(6) The paving of roadways and their maintenance in a clean’conditiori.
(7) The prompt removal of earth or other material from paved street which
earth or other material has been transported thereto by trucking or
earth moving’ equipment or erosion by water.
(Ord. No. 1265, §1, 4-25-72)
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF IJUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989
Date Submitted Data Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg Apr 27, 1972 May 31, 1972 37 FR 10842
1st Revision Jul 07, 1986 ‘ Jun 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—89— 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
• Section 16-90 General Alternate nission. Standard
Adopted by Reference Pursuant to T.C.A. 68-25-115.
CHAPTER 1200-3-21
GENERAL ALTERNATE EMISSION STANDARDS
51200-3-21- .01 GENERAL ALTERNATE EMISSION STANDARD
(1) Air, contaminant sources with a certificate of alternate control shall
not emit particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, carbon monoxide and/or
nitrogen dioxide in .excess of the respective limits on said certificate.
Air contaminant sources applying for a cértificate’of alternate control
shall not be considered a’ modification under’Chapter 1200-3--2-.Ol (aa)
provided the rated capacity in terms of heat input, charging rate, or.
process weight does not change for any fuel burning installation,
incinerator, or process emission source respectively.
(2) The owner or operator of any air contaminant source that discharges
particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, carbon monoxide and/or nitrogen
dioxide regulated by other rules in these regulations can apply to the.
Technical Secretary for a Certificate, of Alternate Control for an air’
contaminant, source or a portion of an air contaminant source and he must
grant the request if the following conditions are met:
(a) The air contaminant source ‘or portion thereof is reducing or will
be after a specific date taking actions to reduce emissions of
particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, carbonmonoxide and/or
nitrogen dioxide at least as much as required under other rules of.
these regulations even though affected specific source(s) (i.e.
permit .unit) at the air contaminant source may not be meeting the
mass,emission standard(s) specified in the’other rules of these
regulations. The total final emission limits of each given
pollutant must be equivalent or less for each pollutant applied in
pounds per hour and tons per year for the entire air contaminant
source under the conditions of the certificate than under the
general rules. Credit’cannot be given for reductions of fugitive
emissions or other points not subject to regular stack tests. For
source(s) located in or significantly impacting a specified
nonattáinment area the alternate emission standard must not exceed
the total final emission limits allowed under RACT emission
standards,for the nonattainment pollutant. The specific
noriattainment area. plan must be in effect prior to the
implementation of the alternate emission standard.
(b) If a sp’ecified,future date is involved, this date must be as
expeditious ‘as is practical and be specified in a schedule of
compliance as a condition on the certificate. In no case shall
this date be beyond a date that would cause interference with the
attainment of the Reasonable Further Progress line specified for a
specific nonattainment area.
(c) The air contaminant source shall verify through modeling
techniques approved by the Technical Secretary that this alternate
emission standard will yield.equivalent or improved air quality
for the pollutant. involved. Air quality need not improve or. stay
the same at every, location affected by the. alternate emission
standard, but on balance, the air quality of the affected ,area
must not be adversely affected. This will be by modeling all
16—90— 1 ‘
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
included emission points at the proposed alternative levels and at
the allowable emission level for sources subject to emissions
standards in Chapter 1200-3-19 for the pollutant involved. The
lower of either the allowable emission under other Chapters in
Division 1200-3 or actual emissions shall be used in all other
modeling. In addition, the source shall demonstrate that the use
of the alternate emission standard will not interfere with the
attainment or maintenance of any ambient air quality standard nor
violate any applicable ambient air quality standard nor violate
any applicable ambient increment.
(d) The pollutants involved in the alternate emission standard must be
comparable emissions and no interpollutant trades are allowed.
Air contaminant sources subject to the standards in Chapter
1200-3-1 ]. cannot apply the alternate emission standard to
hazardous air contaminants. Air contaminant sources subject to
emission standards in Chapter 1200-3-16, or Rule l200-3-9-.Ol(4)
or Rule 1200-3-9- .Ol(5)(b)2. and 3. cannot use an alternate
emission standard, except for reductions in actual emissions below
the’level required in these rules. Such reductions may be used as
credit for old existing sources.
(e) Each emission point identified in the alternate control standard
shall have a specific emissIon limit in the applicable units of
the emission standard. Compliance with the applicable emission
limit shall be proven by a source test conducted in the presence
of the Technical Secretary’s representative for all points whose
actual emissions are estimated to exceed 10 tons per year or whose
allowable emissions are in excess of 5 pounds per hour.
(f) A fee of $500.00 for each pollutant for each emission point to be
covered by a certificate has been paid to the Department at the
time the application, is made to cover the cost of review of the
request for the certificate of alternate control.
(g) Air contaminant sources utilizing the alternate emission
standards: (1) must be in compliance with all applicable emissions
limits; (2) if not in compliance, must be meeting the requirements
in an approved compliance schedule; or (3) if not in compliance,
must be subject to a court order which includes a compliance
schedule and allows for court order which includes a compliance
schedule and allows for timely modification of the decree without
delaying the final compliance date. Under no circumstances can
the alternate emission standard delay or defer a specified
compliance date nor shall the certificate insulate the source from
any penalties or sanctions for noncompliance or affect the
source’s liability to comply with any regulations, order or
compliance plan.
(3) The alternate emission standards and certificate conditions shall be
considered as an addition to the existing standards, and must ‘be
subjected to a public hearing and incorporated as a revision to the
State Implementation Plan. The owner or operator requesting this
alternate emission control emission standard shall be responsible for
all costs associated with publishing, the required legal notices.
(4) Good engineering practice stack heights shall be utilized on all stack
changes associated with the alternate control standards.
(5) The owner or operator of the facility must:
.16—90— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
(a) Post or. file on the operating premises a copy of the certificate
of alternative control.
(b) Keep all pollution control equipment in good operating condition
and utilize said equipment at all times.
(6) The certificate of alternate control will be revoked after
administrative hearing by the Technical Secretary or the Board if it is
found thatany of the requirements of paragraph (2) have been violated
and/or if any of the requirements of paragraph (5) have been frequently
and flagrantly ‘violated after the certificate was issued and/or if
violation of the requirements of paragraph (4) and/or conditions placed
on their certificate’ under paragraph (9) are not corrected promptly on
written notice.
(7) . The certificate of. alternate control does not relieve ‘the owner or
operator of the duty of meeting all emission requirements in other rules
for sources commenced after the effective date of the rule.
(8) Upon’revocation of, the certificate of alternative control the sources at
the faäility must comply with other rules in these regulations that
would have been applicable had the certificat not been issued.
(9) The Technical Secretary shall specify the new emission limits for each
emission point as conditions on the certificate and if other than
reference test methods are to be used to determine compliance, these
should be specified on the certificate or the operating permit. Other
conditions needed to insure and verify compliance may be placed on the
certificate as conditions.
Authority: TCA 53 -3412. Administrative History. Original rule certified
September 8, 1980. ‘ ,‘ ‘
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989 ‘
Date Submitted Date Approved Final” Federal
to EPA by EPA , Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—90— 3
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Section 16-91 Lead Emission Standards
Adopted by Reference Pursuant to T.C.A. 68-25-115.
CHAPTER 1200-3-22
LEAD EMISSIONS STANDARDS
S1200-3-22-.0i DEFINITIONS
Unless specifically defined in this Chapter, the definitions from Chapter
1200—3—2 will apply:
(1) “Significant Source of lead” means:
(a) Any one permit unit, or combination of permit units as determined
by the Technical Secretary, at any of the following stationary
“sourcesthat emit lead or lead compounds (measured as elemental
lead), of at least 1.25 tons per calendar quarter or at least five
(5) tons per year whichever is the more restrictive: primary lead
smelters, secondary lead smelters, primary copper smelters, lead.
gasoline additive plants, lead-acid storage battery manufacturing
plants that produce 2000 or more batteries per day.
(b) Not withstanding the source sizes specified in subparagraph (a) of
this paragraph, any other stationary source that emits 25 or more
tons per ‘year of lead or lead compounds measured as elemental
lead.
(2) “Source” means any structure, building, facility, equipment,
installation, or operation (or combination thereof) which is located on
one or more contiguous or adjacent properties and ‘which is owned or
operated by the same person (or by persons’ under common control). If a
portion(s) of a source is rented to or leased to another person(s) for
the purpose of a totally separate business venture, the Technical
Secretary may designate that (those) portion(s) as a separate source(s).
(3) “Permit unit” means any part of a source required to obtain an operating
permit as determined by the Technical Secretary.
(4) “Lead point source” means: ,
(a) Any source the actual emissions of which are in excess of 50 tons
per year of lead or lead compounds measured as elemental lead.
(b) Any physical change that would occur at a source not otherwise
qualifying under subparagraph (4) (a) as a lead point source if the
change would constitute a lead point source by itself.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 55 FR 25456
16—91— 1
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-22- .02 GENERAL LEAD EMISSION STANDARDS
(1) No person shall cause 1 suffer, allow, or permit lead emissions in excess
of the standards in this Chapter.
(2) . Upon mutual agreement of the owner or operator. of a significant, source
of lead and the Technical Secretary, an emission limit more restrictive
than •tha.t otherwise spécifiedin this Chapter may be established. Also,
upon mutualagreement of the owner or operator of any source and the
Technical Secretary, operating hours, process flow rates, or any other
operating parameters may be established as a binding limit(s). The
mutually acceptable limits shall be stated as a special condition(s) for
any permit or order concerning the source. , Violation of any accepted
special limitations is ‘grounds for revocation Of the issued permit.
and/or other enforcement measures provided for in the Tennessee Air
Quality Act.. .. . .
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989
Data Submjtted Data Approved Final Federal
to EPA EPA . Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—91— 2
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-22- .03 SPECIFIC EMISSION STANDARDS FOR EXISTING SOURCES OF LEAD
(1) For an existing source that is a significant source of lead, the
Technical Secretary shall specify on the operating permit(s) as permit
conditions the emission level that is reasonably available control
• technology (RACT).
(2) The possession of a valid permit shall’not protect the source from
enforcement actions if permit conditions are not met.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
• to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—91— 3
-------
Printed: ‘February 2, 1995
S1200-3-22-.04 STANDARDS FOR NEW AND MODIFIED SOURCES OF LEAD
(1) A new source the actual emissions of which are in excess of 5 .O’tons per
year of lead or lead compounds measured as elemental lead shall utilize
best available control technology (BACT).
(2) Any modification of a lead point source which results in an
increase in excess of’ 0.6 tons per year of lead or lead compounds
measured as elemental lead shall utilize BACT.
(3) The owner or operator of a ‘proposed new or modified source of lead shalL
perform a source ‘impact analysis to’ demonstrate that the allowable
emission increases from the proposed source or modification would not
cause or contribute to a violation of the lead ambient air quality’
standard in the source impact area including background concentrations.
Source impact analysis shall be’based on the applicable air quality
models and data bases acceptable to the’ Technical Secretary.
(4) Additional requirements for certain new or modified sources of lead are
given in Paragraph’l200-3-9-.O1(4), Prevention of Significant
Deterioration and in Chapter 1200-3-16, New Source Performance
Standards, of these regulations.
THIS IS THE FEDER)ILLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved ‘ Final Federal
tO EPA ‘ by EPA , Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 198,9 54 FR 25456
16—91— 4
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
S1200-3-22- .05 SOURCE SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
Source sampling and analysis for lead shall be conducted in the manner
prescribed in Subparagraph l200-3-12-.03-(1)-(j) of these regulations.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16,. 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Final Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—91— 5
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
51200-3-22- .06 LEAD AMBIENT MONITORING REQUIR (ENTS
The TechnicalSecretary may require ambient lead monitoring in the
vicinity of a source regulated by this Chapter 1200-3-22. This
monitoring shall be done in accordance with the requirements of Rule
1200-3-12 of these regulations.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OP :7uBE 15, 1989
LAST UPDATE: AUGUST 16, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Fiual Federal
to EPA by EPA Register Notice
Original Reg JUL 07, 1986 JUN 15, 1989 54 FR 25456
16—91— 6
-------
Printed: February 2, 1995
Sections 16-92 to 16-105 Reserved
-------